94-17931. Implementation of Section 309(j) of the Communications Act Competitive Bidding  

  • [Federal Register Volume 59, Number 140 (Friday, July 22, 1994)]
    [Unknown Section]
    [Page 0]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 94-17931]
    
    
    [[Page Unknown]]
    
    [Federal Register: July 22, 1994]
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part IV
    
    
    
    
    
    Federal Communications Commission
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    47 CFR Part 24
    
    
    
    Competitive Bidding; Final Rule
    FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
    
    47 CFR Part 24
    
    [PP Docket No. 93-253, FCC 94-178]
    
     
    
    Implementation of Section 309(j) of the Communications Act--
    Competitive Bidding
    
    AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
    
    ACTION: Final rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: In this Fifth Report and Order, the Commission adopts rules 
    governing competitive bidding to award initial licenses in the Personal 
    Communications Services in the 2 GHz band (broadband PCS''). This 
    action is taken to implement Section 309(j) of the Communications Act 
    of 1934, as amended. The new rules will promote the development and 
    rapid deployment of new technologies, products, and services for the 
    benefit of the public, including those residing in rural areas. These 
    rules also will promote economic opportunity and competition, and 
    disseminate licenses among a wide variety of applicants, including 
    small businesses, rural telephone companies, and businesses owned by 
    members of minority groups and women. This action will result in 
    recovery for the public of a portion of the value of the public 
    spectrum made available for commercial use.
    
    EFFECTIVE DATE: August 22, 1994.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
    Sara Seidman, Office of General Counsel, (202) 418-1700, or Jonathan 
    Cohen, Office of Plans and Policy, (202) 418-2030.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This Fifth Report and Order in PP Docket No. 
    93-253, adopted June 29, 1994, and released July 15, 1994, is available 
    for inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC 
    Dockets Branch, Room 230, 1919 M Street NW., Washington, DC. The 
    complete text may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, 
    International Transcription Service, Inc., 2100 M Street, NW., Suite 
    140, Washington, DC 20037, telephone (202) 857-3800.
    
    Paperwork Reduction Act
    
        In the Fifth Report and Order in PP Docket No. 93-253, the 
    Commission has amended 47 CFR Part 24 to add new Subparts H and I which 
    contain rules and requirements governing the award of broadband PCS 
    licenses through a system of competitive bidding. Applicants are 
    required to file certain information so that the Commission can 
    determine whether the applicants are legally, technically, and 
    financially qualified to be licensed. Affected public are any member of 
    the public who wants to become a licensee. Implementation of the rules 
    contained in the Fifth Report and Order will impose reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements on the public. The Federal Communications 
    Commission will submit an information collection request to OMB for 
    review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, 44 
    U.S.C. Section 3507. Persons wishing to comment on this information 
    collection should contact Timothy Fain, Office of Management and 
    Budget, Room 3225, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503, 
    (202) 395-3561. For further information, contact Judy Boley, Federal 
    Communications Commission, (202) 418-0210.
    
    Fifth Report and Order
    
    Adopted: June 29, 1994
    Released: July 15, 1994
    
        By the Commission: Commissioners Quello, Barrett, Ness and Chong 
    issuing separate statements.
    
    Table of Contents
    
    I. Introduction
    II. Executive Summary
    III. Auctionability of Broadband PCS
    IV. Competitive Bidding Design
        A. General Competitive Bidding Rules
        B. Competitive Bidding Design for Broadband PCS Licenses
        1. Simultaneous Multiple Round Auctions
        2. Sequential Auctions
        3. Combinatorial Bidding
        C. Bidding Procedures
        1. Grouping of Licenses
        2. Bid Increments
        3. Stopping Rules for Multiple Round Auctions
        4. Duration of Bidding Rounds
        5. Activity Rules
    V. Procedural, Payment and Penalty Issues
        A. Pre-Auction Application Procedures
        B. Upfront Payment
        C. Payment and Procedures for Licenses Awarded by Competitive 
    Bidding
        1. Down Payment
        2. Bid Withdrawal and Default Penalties
        3. Re-Offering Licenses When Auction Winners Default
        4. Long-Form Application
        5. Processing and Procedural Rules
        D. Procedures in Alternative Auction Design
    VI. Regulatory Safeguards
        A. Transfer Disclosure Requirements
        B. Performance Requirements
        C. Rules Prohibiting Collusion
    VII. Treatment of Designated Entities
        A. Overview and Objectives
        B. Summary of Special Provisions for Designated Entities
        C. Summary of Eligibility Requirements and Definitions
        1. Entrepreneurs' Blocks and Small Business Eligibility
        2. Definition of Women and/or Minority-Owned Business
        D. The Entrepreneurs' Blocks
        E. Bidding Credits
        F. Installment Payments
        G. Tax Certificates
        H. Provisions for Rural Telephone Companies
        I. Upfront Payments
        J. Definitions and Eligibility
        1. Eligibility To Bid in the Entrepreneurs' Blocks
        a. Attribution Rules for the Entrepreneurs' Blocks
        b. Limit on Licenses Awarded in Entrepreneurs' Blocks
        2. Definition of Small Business
        3. Definition of Women and Minority-Owned Business
        4. Definition of Rural Telephone Company
        5. Definition of an Affiliate
    VIII. Conclusion, Procedural Matters and Ordering Clauses
        A. Conclusion
        B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
        C. Ordering Clauses
    Final Rules
    
    I. Introduction
    
        1. In this Fifth Report and Order, we adopt rules to conduct 
    auctions for the award of more than 2,000 licenses to provide personal 
    communications services in the 2 GHz band, which we call ``broadband 
    PCS.'' These broadband PCS auctions will constitute the largest auction 
    of public assets in American history and are expected to recover 
    billions of dollars for the United States Treasury. More importantly, 
    the auctions will lead to the introduction of an array of new 
    telecommunications products and services that are expected to fuel our 
    nation's economic growth and revolutionize the way in which Americans 
    communicate.
        2. We also adopt in this Order provisions to fulfill Congress's 
    mandate that we ensure that small businesses, rural telephone companies 
    and businesses owned by minorities and women are given the opportunity 
    to participate in the provision of broadband PCS. These rules will 
    provide unprecedented opportunities for these designated entities to 
    become meaningfully involved in the provision of a new 
    telecommunications service. This action seeks to ensure that licenses 
    for broadband PCS are disseminated to a wide variety of applicants and 
    to remedy the serious underrepresentation of minorities and women in 
    the provision of telecommunications services. Further, by the actions 
    we take today we seek to ensure that PCS is provided to all communities 
    in this country, including rural areas.
        3. Broadband PCS will provide a variety of mobile services that 
    will compete with existing cellular services. In addition, broadband 
    PCS is expected to provide new mobile communications capabilities that 
    are not currently available. These services will be provided by means 
    of a new generation of communications devices that will include small, 
    lightweight, multi-function portable phones, portable facsimile and 
    other imaging devices, new types of multi-channel cordless phones, and 
    advanced paging devices with two-way data capabilities.\1\ The 
    introduction of broadband PCS should benefit consumers by raising the 
    overall level of competition in many already competitive segments of 
    the telecommunications industry and by providing competition in other 
    segments for the first time. The broadband PCS industry should also 
    generate thousands of jobs in this country and improve the 
    international competitiveness of the American economy.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\We already have adopted rules for competitive bidding on 
    licenses to be awarded to provide personal communications services 
    in the 900 MHz band (narrowband PCS), which will be used primarily 
    to provide advanced paging services, and for licenses to provide 
    Interactive Video and Data Service (IVDS), which will be used to 
    provide services such as home shopping and pay-per-view programming. 
    See Third Report and Order in PP Docket No. 99-253, FCC 94-98, 59 FR 
    26741, May 24, 1994 (narrowband PCS); and Fourth Report and Order in 
    PP Docket No. 93-253, FCC 94-99, 59 FR 24947, May 13, 1994 (IVDS).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        4. Auctions for broadband PCS licenses will be conducted pursuant 
    to Section 309(j) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(j), 
    which was enacted in August 1993. Section 309(j) granted the Commission 
    express authority to employ competitive bidding procedures to award 
    licenses to use the electromagnetic spectrum.\2\ Section 309(j)(1) 
    permits auctions only where mutually exclusive applications for initial 
    licenses are accepted for filing by the Commission and where the 
    principal use of the spectrum is reasonably likely to involve the 
    receipt by the licensee of compensation from subscribers in return for 
    enabling those subscribers to receive or transmit communications 
    signals. In the Second Report and Order in his proceeding, we concluded 
    that PCS as a class of service satisfies the Section 309(j)(1) 
    criteria. See Second Report and Order in PP Docket No. 93-253, 9 FCC 
    Rcd 2348, 59 FR 22980, May 4, 1994 (Second Report and Order), at 54-
    58. Accordingly, if mutually exclusive applications for a broadband PCS 
    license are accepted for filing, we will award that license through 
    competitive bidding.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \2\We adopted a Notice of Proposed Rule Making to implement 
    Section 309(j) on September 23, 1993. Notice of Proposed Rule Making 
    in PP Docket No. 93-253, 8 FCC Rcd 7635, 58 FR 53489, Oct. 15, 1993 
    (hereinafter ``NPRM'' or ``Notice''). The Commission received 222 
    comments, 169 reply comments and numerous ex parte presentations 
    relating to this proceeding. Commenters may be referred to herein by 
    abbreviations.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        5. We also concluded in the Second Report and Order that we could 
    design auction procedures to govern the award of broadband PCS licenses 
    that would promote the objectives listed in Section 309(j)(3). More 
    specifically, in the Second Report and Order, we determined that the 
    use of competitive bidding to award broadband PCS licenses, as compared 
    with other licensing methods, would speed the development and 
    deployment of new services to the public and would encourage efficient 
    use of the spectrum, as required by Section 309(j)(3) (A) and (D). In 
    this regard, we noted that auctions would generally award licenses 
    quickly to those parties who value them most highly and who are 
    therefore most likely to introduce service rapidly to the public. Id. 
    at 57. We also concluded that competitive bidding would recover for 
    the public a portion of the value of the spectrum, as envisioned in 
    Section 309(j)(3)(C). Id. We considered a variety of methods to 
    implement Congress's remaining objectives, set forth in Section 
    309(j)(3)(B), of ``promoting economic opportunity'' and ``avoiding 
    excessive concentration of licenses'' by disseminating licenses ``among 
    a wide variety of applicants.'' In the Second Report and Order, we 
    adopted rules which provide the Commission with a menu of options to 
    choose from to promote these objectives with respect to particular 
    spectrum services to be auctioned, such as broadband PCS, in service-
    specific rules.
        6. In our Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order, we established 
    bandwidth assignments and area designations for broadband PCS. See 
    Memorandum Opinion and Order in GEN Docket No. 90-314, FCC 94-144, 59 
    FR 32830, June 24, 1994 (``Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order''); see 
    also Second Report and Order in GEN Docket No. 90-314, FCC 93-451, 8 
    FCC Rcd 7700, 58 FR 59174, Nov. 8, 1993. In that Order, we allocated 
    120 MHz of spectrum for licensed broadband PCS. We divided the licensed 
    broadband PCS spectrum into three 30 MHz blocks (blocks A, B and C) and 
    three 10 MHz blocks (blocks D, E and F). We also designated two 
    different service areas: 493 Basic Trading Areas (``BTAs'') and 51 
    Major Trading Areas (``MTAs'').\3\ The licenses in frequency blocks A 
    and B will be awarded on an MTA basis, and the licenses on frequency 
    blocks C, D, E and F will be awarded on a BTA basis. A total of 2,074 
    broadband PCS licenses will therefore be issued.\4\ The Broadband PCS 
    Reconsideration Order sets forth eligibility rules for obtaining 
    broadband PCS licenses, and establishes construction requirements to 
    facilitate the provision of PCS services. See Broadband PCS 
    Reconsideration Order at 102-132, 147-158. By these rules, we intend 
    to promote competition in the wireless telecommunications market by as 
    many different qualified providers as the spectrum can reasonably 
    accommodate and to promote the rapid deployment of the infrastructure 
    required to provide broadband PCS.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \3\The 493 BTAs and 51 MTAs used in our broadband PCS licensing 
    rules have been adapted from the Rand McNally 1992 Commercial Atlas 
    and Marketing Guide, 123rd Edition, at 38-39.
        \4\The Commission has granted pioneer's preference to three 
    broadband PCS applicants, and stated that the parties awarded 
    pioneer's preferences may apply for a 30 MHz MTA broadband PCS 
    license without facing competing applications. See Third Report and 
    Order in GEN Docket No. 90-314, 9 FCC Rcd 1337, 59 FR 9419, Feb. 28, 
    1994. If the Commission grants licenses to the three pioneer's 
    preference grantees, three fewer licenses will be awarded through 
    competitive bidding.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    II. Executive Summary
    
        7. In this Fifth Report and Order, we set forth the specific 
    auction procedures for broadband PCS licenses. We have decided to 
    conduct three auctions: the first for the 99 available PCS licenses in 
    MTA blocks A and B, the second for the 986 PCS licenses in BTA blocks C 
    and F, and the third for the remaining 986 PCS licenses in BTA blocks D 
    and E. That is, the first auction will award licenses for the 30 MHz 
    blocks for large geographic areas. The second auction will award 
    licenses for smaller geographic areas for the two blocks that, as 
    explained below, we have reserved for bidding by relatively small 
    companies. In these ``entrepreneurs' blocks,'' we have designed 
    procedures to ensure that small businesses, rural telephone companies 
    and businesses owned by women and minorities, which we collectively 
    refer to as designated entities, have ``the opportunity to participate 
    in the provision'' of PCS, as Congress directed in Section 
    309(j)(4)(D). In the third auction we will award licenses for the 
    remaining 10 MHz blocks.
        8. We intend to conduct each auction through simultaneous multiple 
    round bidding with simultaneous stopping rules. Under that approach, no 
    license awarded until the bidding closes on all licenses in the 
    auction. We have determined that simultaneous multiple round bidding is 
    appropriate where the value of the licenses is high compared to the 
    cost of conducting the auction and the values of licenses are 
    interdependent. See Second Report and Order at 106-111. We believe the 
    former condition is met here because other government agencies project 
    that the boardband PMS licenses will be auctioned for as much as $10.6 
    billion. See id. at 177. The latter condition is also satisfied 
    because the record demonstrates, for example, that a license for the 
    Philadelphia MTA or the Richmond MTA will likely be valued more highly 
    if it is held in conjunction with the license for the Washington-
    Baltimore MTA. We are adopting a variety of rules governing bid 
    increments and bidding activity to move the auctions toward completion 
    in a reasonable period of time. We are also retaining the ability to 
    use other approaches, including sequential auctions for the licenses, 
    and to make other adjustments to the auction process as necessary.
        9. As mentioned above, we establish by this Order a number of rules 
    to implement Congress's mandate in Section 309(j)(4)(D) that we ensure 
    that designated entities are ``given the opportunity to participate in 
    the provision of spectrum-based services'' such as broadband PCS. To 
    accomplish this objective, Congress directed us to ``consider the use 
    of tax certificates, bidding preferences, and other procedures.'' 47 
    U.S.C. Sec. 309(j)(4)(D). We construe this congressional directive as a 
    mandate that we take the steps that are necessary to ensure that 
    designated entities have a realistic opportunity to obtain broadband 
    PCS licenses. We apply that mandate in light of Metro Broadcasting, 
    Inc. v. FCC, 497 U.S. 547, 564-565 (1990), which held that ``benign 
    race-conscious measures mandated by Congress * * * are constitutionally 
    permissible to the extent that they serve important governmental 
    objectives within the power of Congress and are substantially related 
    to achievement of those objectives.'' The rules we adopt also further 
    Congress's objectives, set forth in Section 309(j)(3)(B), of 
    ``promoting economic opportunity and competition and ensuring that new 
    and innovative technologies are readily accessible to the American 
    people by avoiding excessive concentration of licenses and by 
    disseminating licenses among a wide variety of applicants, including 
    small business, rural telephone companies, and businesses owned by 
    members of minority groups and women.'' Each of the steps adopted here 
    is directly related to carrying out Congress's stated objective of 
    promoting economic opportunity by disseminating broadband PCS licenses 
    to a wide variety of applicants, including designated entities.
        10. The record clearly demonstrates that the primary impediment to 
    participation by designated entities is lack of access to capital. This 
    impediment arises for small businesses from the higher costs they face 
    in raising capital and for businesses owned by minorities and women 
    from lending discrimination as well. In this regard, it should be noted 
    that although auctions have many beneficial aspects, they threaten to 
    erect another barrier to participation by small businesses and 
    businesses owned by minorities and women by raising the cost of entry 
    into spectrum-based services.
        11. Congress has recognized that ``small business concerns, which 
    represent higher degrees of risk in financial markets than do large 
    businesses, are experiencing increased difficulties in obtaining 
    credit.''\5\ Congress further found that women and minorities face 
    particularly severe problems in raising capital.\6\ A study of mortgage 
    lending conducted by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston in 1992 
    illustrates how problems arise. That study showed that in cases in 
    which lenders exercised discretion in deciding whether to make a loan 
    to a borrower who presented some problems (which includes most mortgage 
    applicants), that discretion tended to be exercised in favor of whites. 
    As a result, a minority applicant for a mortgage who was identical in 
    all pertinent respects to a white applicant nevertheless was 60 percent 
    more likely to be denied a mortgage loan.\7\ At the same time, 
    discrimination was difficult to show in any particular case, although 
    it emerged clearly when data concerning hundreds of mortgage 
    applications were reviewed.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \5\Small Business Credit and Business Opportunity Enhancement 
    Act of 1992, Section 331(a)(3), Pub. L. 102-366, Sept. 4, 1992.
        \6\Id. Sections 112(4) and 331(a)(4).
        \7\Mortgage Lending in Boston: Interpreting HMDA Data, Federal 
    Reserve Bank of Boston, Working Paper 92-7 (October 1992).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        12. The first measure we adopt to fulfill Congress's mandate that 
    we ensure that designated entities have the opportunity to participate 
    in providing broadband PCS is to reserve the 30 MHz licenses on block C 
    and the 10 MHz licenses on block F, both of which are to be licensed in 
    each of the 493 BTAs, for bidding by entities with annual gross 
    revenues of less than $125 million and total assets of less than $500 
    million. These limits will exclude many large telecommunications 
    companies from bidding on these two blocks. We will not allow one 
    entity to obtain more than 10 percent (i.e., 98) of the licenses on 
    these two blocks. By excluding large companies from bidding in these 
    two blocks and by limiting the total number of licenses that one entity 
    can obtain in these blocks we create numerous opportunities for small 
    entities to become PCS providers and thereby ensure that broadband PMS 
    licenses will be disseminated ``among a wide variety of applicants,'' 
    as required by Section 309(j)(3)(B).
        13. Reserving blocks C and F for bidding by relatively small 
    companies will not, by itself, be sufficient to ensure that small 
    businesses and businesses owned by members of minority groups and women 
    have the opportunity to obtain broadband PCS licenses. Under the 
    definition we apply or purposes of this Order, ``small businesses'' are 
    those with gross revenues not exceeding $40 million, and those 
    businesses will be at a disadvantage in competing against companies 
    with gross revenues of as much as $125 million. In addition, businesses 
    owned by members of minority groups and women face discrimination that 
    poses additional obstacles for these firms. Accordingly, we take five 
    related steps within the entrepreneurs' blocks to assist designated 
    entities in attracting the capital necessary to obtain a broadband PCS 
    license.
        14. First, we will structure our attribution rules to allow those 
    extremely large companies that may not bid on blocks C and F to invest 
    in entities that bid on those blocks. More specifically, we will allow 
    the relatively small companies eligible to bid in these blocks to 
    obtain investment representing up to 75 percent of their passive equity 
    from larger companies so long as each investor holds no more than a 25 
    percent passive equity interest. In addition, eligible businesses owned 
    by minorities and women may choose to have a single investor, no matter 
    how large, hold a passive equity interest up to 49.9 percent. These 
    rules, and others that we establish in this Order, are designed to 
    enhance access to capital by businesses owned by minorities and women.
        15. Second, to encourage large companies to invest in designated 
    entities and to assist designated entities without large investors to 
    overcome the additional hurdle presented by auctions, we will make 
    bidding credits available to designated entities. More specifically, 
    small businesses will receive a 10 percent bidding credit (or a 10 
    percent discount on their winning bids). Businesses owned by minorities 
    and women will receive a 15 percent bidding credit to compensate for 
    the substantial problems they face in attracting capital. The credits 
    will be cumulative, so that a business owned by minorities or women 
    that also qualifies as a small business will receive a 25 percent 
    bidding credit. Under these rules, it still will be more expensive for 
    designated entities to participate in the provision of spectrum-based 
    services than it was before Congress granted us authority to hold 
    auctions, because they will have to purchase licenses. But by adopting 
    bidding credits, which are explicitly authorized by Section 
    309(j)(4)(D), the Commission seeks to promote economic opportunity and 
    to counterbalance the tendency of auctions to concentrate license 
    ownership in the hands of several very large companies.
        16. Third, we will allow most successful bidders within the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks to pay for their licenses in installments for 
    generally the same reasons--encouraging large companies to invest in 
    designated entities, promoting economic opportunity by assisting 
    designated entities in overcoming the additional hurdle presented by 
    auctions, and ensuring that licenses are disseminated widely. In 
    general, successful bidders will be permitted to defer payments of 
    principal on their debt to the government for some period. Small 
    businesses and businesses owned by minorities and women will be 
    permitted to defer payments of principal for a longer period than other 
    successful bidders in these blocks. Finally, businesses owned by 
    minorities and women will be charged a lower interest rate.
        17. Fourth, we will extend our tax certificate policies to promote 
    participation by minorities and women in the provision of broadband 
    PCS. The holder of a tax certificate is permitted to defer payment of 
    the capital gains tax that would otherwise be recognized upon the sale 
    of an investment. Our extension of the tax certificate policy to 
    broadband PCS will promote involvement by minorities and women in 
    spectrum-based services in three ways. First, initial investors in such 
    businesses will be eligible for tax certificates upon the sale of their 
    investments. We expect that the availability of such favorable tax 
    treatment will enable minority- and women-owned businesses to attract 
    investors more easily. Second, holders of broadband PCS licenses will 
    be able to obtain tax certificates upon the sale of the business to a 
    company controlled by minorities and women. Third, a cellular operator 
    that sells its interest in an overlapping cellular system to a 
    minority- or woman-owned business to come into compliance with our PCS/
    cellular cross-ownership rule will be eligible for a tax certificate. 
    Both the second and third policy will further Congress' objective of 
    ensuring that spectrum licenses are disseminated widely and, in 
    particular, to designated entities.
        18. Finally, we will reduce the upfront payment for all bidders in 
    the entrepreneurs' block. Bidders in the other blocks will pay $0.02 
    per MHz per pop while winners in the entrepreneurs' blocks will receive 
    a 25 percent discount and pay only $0.015 per MHz per pop as a pre-
    auction payment.
        19. Congress was also concerned that rural areas not go unserved by 
    PCS, and therefore directed us to ensure participation in auctions for 
    spectrum-based services by rural telephone companies who have a history 
    of service to rural areas and an established infrastructure on which to 
    build a PCS business effectively. Thus, we establish partitioning rules 
    in this Order that will allow them to use their existing wireline 
    network to efficiently and expeditiously provide PCS in rural areas. In 
    addition, most rural telephone companies will qualify to bid on the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, and hence will be eligible for installment 
    payments. Those rural telephone companies that qualify as small or 
    minority- or women-owned businesses will also be able to take advantage 
    of the applicable bidding credits.
        20. The rules that we adopt today are designed to ensure that only 
    bona fide designated entities qualify for the special provisions 
    established to ensure their participation in broadband PCS. The rules 
    are designed to enable designated entities to attract passive equity 
    from non-designated entities, provided that designated entities 
    maintain control and a substantial entity stake in the ventures at all 
    times. The Commission will not tolerate ``fronts'' that are controlled 
    by supposedly passive investors, and we will be vigilant in preventing 
    abuse of the designated entity provisions. Our rules are also designed 
    to prevent designated entities from assigning licenses obtained through 
    the use of these special measures or who otherwise lose their 
    designated entity status before the end of a required five-year holding 
    period.
        21. The following sections of this Fifth Report and Order discuss 
    in detail the actions we have outlined above.
    
    III. Auctionability of Broadband PCS
    
        22. Section 309(j)(1) of the Communications Act, as amended, 47 
    U.S.C. Sec. 309(j)(1), permits auctions only where mutually exclusive 
    applications for initial licenses or construction permits are accepted 
    for filing by the Commission and where the principal use of the 
    spectrum will involve or is reasonably likely to involve the receipt by 
    the licensee of compensation from subscribers in return for enabling 
    those subscribers to receive or transmit communications signals. In the 
    Second Report and Order, we concluded that PCS as a class of service 
    would satisfy the section 309(j)(1) criteria for auctionability. See 
    Second Report and Order at 54-58. Specifically, based on the record 
    in this proceeding and in GEN Docket No. 90-314, we concluded that the 
    principal use of broadband PCS spectrum satisfied these auction 
    criteria. Id. at 56. Thus, if mutually exclusive applications for a 
    broadband PCS license are accepted for filing, we will award that 
    license through competitive bidding.\8\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \8\In the Second Report and Order, we addressed the only 
    commenter who argued that the Commission should not find that the 
    principal use of PCS is likely to be for the provision of service to 
    subscribers for compensation. See Second Report and Order at  55-
    56. The Commission rejected the argument of Millin Publications, a 
    publisher of specialized information services that intends to 
    utilize PCS frequencies on a non-subscription basis, that the 
    Commission should refrain from making the principal use finding 
    because PCS does not yet exist. We concluded that the overwhelming 
    weight of the comments in this proceeding, as well as our experience 
    with the PCS experiments that we have licensed, reflect that 
    licensed PCS spectrum is likely to be used principally for the 
    provision of service to subscribers for compensation. See id. at  
    56. We find no basis in the record to depart from this conclusion.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        23. As noted above, we concluded in the Second Report and Order 
    that the criteria in Section 309(j)(3) will be satisfied by competitive 
    bidding for broadband PCS licenses, and thus that broadband PCS should 
    be subject to our competitive bidding procedures. We determined that 
    the use of competitive bidding to award broadband PCS licenses, as 
    compared with other licensing methods, will speed the development and 
    deployment of new services to the public with minimal administrative or 
    judicial delay, and will encourage efficient use of the spectrum as 
    required by Section 309(j)(3) (A) and (D). We also concluded that 
    competitive bidding would recover for the public a portion of the value 
    of the spectrum, as envisioned in Section 309(j)(3)(C). Id. Finally, in 
    accordance with Section 309(j)(3)(B), we adopted a set of open 
    competitive bidding procedures and a menu of special provisions 
    designed to increase opportunities for designated entities who might 
    otherwise face entry barriers. Our views on this matter remain 
    unchanged since adoption of the Second Report and Order. We therefore 
    affirm in this Order the use of competitive bidding procedures to award 
    broadband PCS licenses.
    
    IV. Competitive Bidding Design
    
    A. General Competitive Bidding Rules
    
        24. The Second Report and Order established the criteria to be used 
    in selecting which auction design method to use for each particular 
    auctionable service. Generally, we concluded that awarding licenses to 
    those parties who value them most highly will foster Congress' policy 
    objectives. In this regard, we noted that since a bidder's ability to 
    introduce valuable new services and to deploy them quickly, 
    intensively, and efficiently increases the value of a license to that 
    bidder, an auction design that awards licenses to those bidders with 
    the highest willingness to pay tends to promote the development and 
    rapid deployment of new services and the efficient and intensive use of 
    the spectrum. In articulating our auction design principles we further 
    stated that: (1) Licenses with strong value interdependencies should be 
    auctioned simultaneously; (2) multiple round auctions, by providing 
    bidders with information regarding other bidders' valuations of 
    licenses, generally will yield more efficient allocations of licenses 
    and higher revenues, especially where there is substantial uncertainty 
    as to value; and (3) because they are relatively expensive to implement 
    and time-consuming, simultaneous and/or multiple round auctions become 
    less cost-effective as the value of licenses decreases. See Second 
    Report and Order at 69.
        25. Based on the foregoing, we concluded that where the licenses to 
    be auctioned are interdependent and their value is expected to be high, 
    simultaneous multiple round auctions would best achieve the 
    Commission's goals for competitive bidding. See Second Report and Order 
    at  109-111. We indicated that compared with other bidding 
    mechanisms, simultaneous multiple round bidding will generate the most 
    information about license values during the course of the auction and 
    provide bidders with the most flexibility to pursue back-up strategies. 
    Thus, we concluded that simultaneous multiple round bidding is most 
    likely to award interdependent licenses to the bidders who value them 
    the most. We also indicated that this method will facilitate efficient 
    aggregation of licenses across spectrum bands, thereby resulting in 
    vigorous competition among several strong service providers who will be 
    able rapidly to introduce a wide variety of services highly valued by 
    end users. Second Report and Order at  106. In addition, we concluded 
    that because of the superior information and flexibility it provides, 
    this method is likely to yield greater revenues than other auction 
    designs. Thus, we found that the use of simultaneous multiple round 
    auctions would generally be preferred. Id.
        26. However, because simultaneous multiple round bidding is likely 
    to be more administratively complex and costly both for bidders and for 
    the FCC than sequential or single round bidding, we indicated that we 
    would use this auction design only where license values are 
    interdependent and the expected value of the licenses to be auctioned 
    is high relative to the costs of conducting a simultaneous multiple 
    round auction. See Second Report and Order at 110-111.
    
    B. Competitive Bidding Design for Broadband PCS Licenses
    
        27. In the Second Report and Order we considered several auction 
    methods including simultaneous multiple round bidding, sequential 
    bidding, and combinatorial bidding. We discuss each of these below. We 
    have chosen to adopt simultaneous multiple round auctions as our 
    auction methodology for broadband PCS licenses. We believe that for 
    broadband licenses this method will best meet Congress' goals in 
    authorizing competitive bidding in section 309(j) of the Communications 
    Act.
    1. Simultaneous Multiple Round Auctions
        28. There is considerable support in the record for the use of 
    simultaneous multiple round auctions, in which two or more licenses are 
    put up for bid at the same time, and there are multiple bidding rounds 
    in which bidders have the opportunity to top the high bids from the 
    previous round. Several comments and studies in the record by academic 
    auction experts advocate simultaneous multiple round bidding for 
    broadband PCS. See comments of PacTel Corporation, Attachment of R. 
    Preston McAfee; comments of Pacific Bell and Nevada Bell, Attachment of 
    Paul R. Milgrom and Robert B. Wilson; comments of NYNEX, Attachment by 
    Robert G. Harris and Michael L. Katz. NTIA also recommends simultaneous 
    multiple round bidding.\9\ Comments of NTIA at 14-16. Other experts 
    recommend using some combination of sequential and simultaneous 
    bidding. See comments of Bell Atlantic Personal Communications, Inc., 
    Attachment by Barry Nalebuff and Jeremy Bulow; and comments of 
    Telephone and Data Systems, Attachment by Robert J. Weber. Some 
    commenters who originally expressed no opinion on the issue or 
    supported other methods in their comments supported proposals for 
    simultaneous bidding in their reply comments. See reply comments of 
    AT&T, GTE Service Corp. and Community Service Telephone Co.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \9\NTIA also supports all-or-nothing bids on groups of licenses, 
    i.e., combinatorial bidding, in conjunction with simultaneous 
    multiple round bidding.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        29. The analysis in the Second Report and Order also supports 
    simultaneous multiple round bidding for broadband PCS auctions. We 
    concluded that multiple round bidding is generally superior to single 
    round bidding, and that when licenses are interdependent, simultaneous 
    bidding is generally superior to sequential bidding. As we noted in the 
    Second Report and Order, multiple-round auctions have the advantage 
    over single-round auctions insofar as they provide more information to 
    bidders about the value that other bidders place on licenses, 
    increasing the likelihood that the licenses are acquired by those who 
    value them most highly and increasing the revenue likely to be gained 
    from the auction. Multiple-round auctions are also more likely to be 
    perceived as open and fair. The disadvantage of multiple round auctions 
    is that they have higher administrative costs than single round 
    auctions. Second Report and Order at 82-85.
        30. As noted in the Second Report and Order, simultaneous auctions 
    are more likely than sequential auctions to award interdependent 
    licenses efficiently because they provide more information about the 
    value of interdependent licenses and allow the use of that information 
    because all licenses remain available throughout the bidding process. 
    Simultaneous auctions are also likely to raise more revenue than 
    sequential auctions for two reasons. First, they increase the value of 
    the licenses by facilitating efficient aggregation. Second, because 
    they provide more information about the value of interdependent 
    licenses they reduce the propensity of sophisticated bidders to bid 
    cautiously in order to avoid the ``winner's curse''--the tendency for 
    the winner to be the bidder who most overestimates the value of the 
    item up for bid. Simultaneous auctions also eliminate the need to 
    choose the order in which licenses will be auctioned. The advantage 
    offered by simultaneous auctions depends on how much interdependence 
    exists among licenses. Second Report and Order at 89-94. The 
    disadvantages of simultaneous multiple round auctions appear to be that 
    they may be difficult to implement and there is little experience in 
    their use. Second Report and Order at 95.
        31. We agree with commenters who support simultaneous multiple 
    round bidding for awarding broadband PCS licenses. Estimates of total 
    PCS revenues by the Office of Management and Budget and the 
    Congressional Budget Office indicate that the value of broadband PCS 
    licenses will likely be sufficiently high to warrant the use of 
    simultaneous auctions.\10\ We further believe that the values of most 
    broadband PCS licenses will be significantly interdependent because of 
    the desirability of aggregation across spectrum blocks and geographic 
    regions and because there is a high degree of substitutability among 
    licenses with the same amount of spectrum and covering the same 
    geographic area. See Second Report and Order at 90-91. Compared with 
    other bidding mechanisms, simultaneous multiple round bidding generates 
    the most information about license values during the course of the 
    auction and provides bidders with the most flexibility to pursue back-
    up strategies, and is therefore most likely to award licenses to the 
    bidders who value them the most. Simultaneous multiple round auctions 
    will also facilitate efficient aggregation across spectrum bands, where 
    permitted, thereby enhancing competition among wireless products and 
    services.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \10\A study by the Congressional Budget Office estimated that an 
    auction for PCS licenses on two 25 MHz nationwide blocks of spectrum 
    could raise $1.3 billion to $5.7 billion in revenues. Congressional 
    Budget Office, Auctioning Radio Spectrum Licenses, at 23 (March 
    1992). The Office of Management and Budget estimated that auctioning 
    broadband PCS licenses would generate $12.6 billion in revenues. 
    Budget of the United States Government, Analytical Perspective, 
    Fiscal Year 1995, at 220 (February 1994).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        32. We recognize, however, that simultaneous multiple round bidding 
    may involve a greater degree of complexity than other competitive 
    bidding methods, and that it may present greater operational 
    difficulties both for the FCC and for bidders, especially where many 
    bidders are expected to participate. Therefore, we will use a sequence 
    of simultaneous auctions. Licenses that are highly interdependent will 
    be grouped together and auctioned simultaneously.
    2. Sequential Auctions
        33. In a pure sequential auction, whether oral or electronic, 
    licenses are put up for bid one at a time, so that bidding ends on one 
    item before it begins on the next item. Sequential multiple round oral 
    or electronic auctions generate valuable information about earlier 
    auctioned licenses, which can assist bidders in valuing later auctioned 
    licenses. If license values are interdependent, however, sequential 
    oral or electronic auctions are less likely than simultaneous auctions 
    to award interdependent licenses to the parties who value them most 
    highly and to result in the efficient aggregation of licenses, because 
    bidders for licenses that are auctioned early must bid with less 
    information about the value of licenses to be auctioned later, and they 
    will have less opportunity to pursue backup bidding strategies. For 
    these reasons, we conclude that sequential multiple round auctions are 
    less preferred in the award of broadband PCS licenses than simultaneous 
    multiple round auctions. Nevertheless, if, as a result of our auction 
    experience, we determine that the operational costs or complexities 
    associated with simultaneous multiple round auctions outweigh their 
    benefits, we may decide instead to employ pure sequential oral or 
    electronic (multiple round) auctions or a sequence of single combined 
    oral auctions in which bidding is combined for all licenses in a given 
    band with the same bandwidth and the same geographic service area. If 
    such a change becomes necessary, the auction method will be announced 
    by Public Notice before each auction.
        34. If we should decide in the future to use sequential oral or 
    sequential electronic bidding for relatively homogeneous licenses, we 
    will employ a single combined auction design. Under this approach, the 
    Commission will combine bidding for all licenses in the same band with 
    the same amount of spectrum and same geographic service area.\11\ 
    Licenses will be awarded market by market to the highest bidders until 
    all the available licenses are exhausted, e.g., two relatively 
    homogeneous licenses would be awarded to the two highest bidders. 
    Because broadband PCS licenses may not be perfectly homogeneous (i.e., 
    bidders may prefer one frequency over another within the same 
    geographic region for purposes of efficient aggregation), winning 
    bidders will be given the opportunity to choose among licenses for 
    which bidding is combined in descending order of their bid amounts 
    (i.e., the highest bidder will pick first).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \11\This approach was proposed by Bell Atlantic. See comments of 
    Bell Atlantic Personal Communications Inc., Attachment by Barry 
    Nalebuff and Jeremy Bulow at 4-5. Single combined auctions are used 
    by the U.S. Department of the Treasury to sell U.S. securities.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    3. Combinatorial Bidding
        35. In general terms, combinatorial bidding allows bidders to bid 
    for multiple licenses as all-or-nothing packages.\12\ Combinatorial 
    bidding can be implemented with either simultaneous or sequential 
    auction designs. Although we recognized in the Second Report and Order 
    that there may be significant benefits associated with combinatorial 
    bidding, especially in terms of efficient aggregation of licenses, we 
    concluded that simultaneous multiple round auctions offer many of the 
    same advantages without the same degree of administrative and 
    operational complexity and without biasing auction outcomes in favor of 
    combination bids. See Second Report and Order at  101-105. On 
    balance, we believe that the advantages of combinatorial bidding appear 
    unlikely to outweigh the disadvantages. While broadband PCS licenses 
    are likely to be worth more to some bidders as a part of a package, we 
    believe that simultaneous multiple round bidding will provide these 
    bidders with ample opportunity to express the value of interdependent 
    licenses. Moreover, we conclude that there will not be any extreme 
    discontinuity in value if some licenses in a package are not obtained. 
    We believe that the opportunity to acquire licenses in post-auction 
    transactions and the ability to withdraw bids (upon payment of the bid 
    withdrawal penalty) will limit the risks associated with failing to 
    acquire all of the licenses in a desired package. Nevertheless, if, 
    based on our experience with the initial simultaneous multiple round 
    auctions and auction experiments, we determine that such auctions do 
    not result in efficient aggregation of licenses, and if there are 
    significant advances in the development of combinatorial auctions, we 
    may, by public notice prior to a specific auction, choose to use 
    combinatorial bidding techniques in conjunction with simultaneous 
    multiple round auctions.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \12\In combinatorial bidding, if a bid for a group of licenses 
    exceeds the sum of the highest bids for the individual licenses that 
    comprise the package, then the package bid would win. In the Second 
    Report and Order we also indicated that if we were to utilize 
    combinatorial bidding we might institute a premium so that the 
    combinatorial bid would win only if it exceeded the sum of the bids 
    for individual licenses by a set amount. See Second Report and Order 
    at  114. NTIA is the main advocate of combinatorial bidding. See 
    comments of NTIA, and ex parte submission of NTIA in PP Docket No. 
    93-253, February 28, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    C. Bidding Procedures
    
    1. Grouping of Licenses
        36. In the Second Report and Order, the Commission concluded that 
    highly interdependent licenses should be grouped together and put up 
    for bid at the same time in a multiple round auction. See Second Report 
    and Order at  106-107. This will facilitate awarding licenses to the 
    bidders who value them most highly because it will provide bidders 
    information about the prices of complementary and substitutable 
    licenses while such licenses are still up for bid. The magnitude of the 
    benefit of auctioning a group of licenses together in a simultaneous 
    multiple round auction increases with the degree of interdependence 
    among the licenses. On the other hand, the Second Report and Order also 
    noted that the cost and complexity, both for the FCC and for bidders, 
    of auctioning a very large number of interdependent licenses 
    simultaneously may outweigh the informational and bidding flexibility 
    advantages. See Second Report and Order at  107. Accordingly, although 
    we believe that all broadband PCS licenses are interdependent, we will 
    not auction them all simultaneously. Instead, we will divide the 
    licenses into three groups by combining those licenses that are most 
    closely related so that there will be limited interdependence across 
    groups. Then we will sequentially conduct a separate simultaneous 
    multiple round auction for each group. We formed the three groups in 
    two conceptual steps. First, we separated the ``entrepreneurs''' blocks 
    (C and F) from all other blocks.\13\ Then, we separated the large 
    unrestricted blocks (A and B, with 30 MHz of spectrum and MTA 
    geographic scope) from the small ones (D and E, with 10 MHz of spectrum 
    and BTA geographic scope).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \13\As explained in more detail below, we establish economic 
    eligibility criteria for bidders in blocks C and F.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        37. In the first auction, the 99 available MTA licenses in blocks A 
    and B will be put up for bid. In the second auction, the 986 BTA 
    licenses in blocks C and F will be put up for bid. And in the last 
    auction, the 986 BTA licenses in blocks D and E will be put up for bid. 
    As explained below, we believe that this grouping strikes a proper 
    balance among the competing concerns of awarding licenses to the 
    parties who value them most highly, keeping the auction process simple 
    and manageable, minimizing administrative delay, and fostering 
    designated entity participation.
        38. Separating the entrepreneurs' blocks (C and F) from all other 
    blocks entails little loss of efficiency because most firms are likely 
    to be interested in licenses in either the entrepreneurs' blocks or the 
    non-restricted blocks, but not both. Large firms cannot bid on 
    entrepreneurs' licenses, although they may partner with firms that can. 
    Small firms can bid on all blocks, but are likely to be most interested 
    in the entrepreneurs' blocks because on these blocks they would not be 
    placed in the position of bidding against large firms.
        39. In addition to reducing the complexity of the auctions, 
    auctioning block C licenses after the block A and B licenses is likely 
    to further another objective of auction design--fostering designated 
    entity participation--by enabling designated entities to more easily 
    attract partners. Many potential partners may be unwilling to commit 
    themselves to a partnership arrangement with designated entities prior 
    to the auction of licenses on the A and B blocks. So, designated 
    entities that are unable to raise independent financing for at least 
    the required upfront and down payments may have difficulty 
    participating in an auction in which block C is put up for bid 
    simultaneously with blocks A and B. If, however, block C is auctioned 
    after blocks A and B, we expect that non-designated entities who are 
    unsuccessful in acquiring MTA licenses on blocks A and B will want to 
    become partners with or make investments in designated entities so as 
    to gain an interest in 30 MHz licenses on block C. In addition, the 
    auction on blocks A and B will produce price information that would be 
    valuable to designated entities in their business planning.
        40. The efficiency loss associated with separating the large 
    unrestricted blocks (A and B) from the small ones (D and E) depends on 
    the degree of substitutability and complementarity between licenses in 
    these two groups. Auctioning licenses on the D and E blocks separately 
    from those on the A and B blocks may make it more difficult for bidders 
    to pursue a back-up strategy of combining two 10 MHz licenses in the 
    same geographic areas as an alternative to acquiring 30 MHz licenses in 
    the A or B blocks. We believe, however, that this is not likely to be a 
    widely used strategy, because the licenses are defined on a BTA basis 
    while the licenses on the A and B blocks are defined on a MTA basis. It 
    is also possible that some bidders may wish to combine a 10 MHz license 
    with a 30 MHz license in the same geographic area. Although this 
    approach would be easier to pursue if blocks A, B, D and E were 
    auctioned together, we believe that in most cases the amount bidders 
    would be willing to pay for a block A or B license would not be 
    strongly affected by whether they were able to acquire a complementary 
    block D or E license. So auctioning blocks D and E after blocks A and B 
    would not significantly hinder combining 30 MHz and 10 MHz licenses. We 
    conclude that the benefits of administrative simplicity from auctioning 
    license on blocks A and B separately from those on blocks D and E are 
    likely to outweigh the possible loss of efficiency.
    2. Bid Increments
        41. In using simultaneous multiple round auctions to award 
    broadband PCS licenses, it is important to specify minimum bid 
    increments.\14\ The bid increment is the amount or percentage by which 
    the bid must be raised above the previous round's high bid in order to 
    be accepted as a valid bid in the current bidding round. The 
    application of a minimum bid increment speeds the progress of the 
    auction and, along with activity and stopping rules, helps to ensure 
    that the auction comes to closure within a reasonable period of time. 
    Establishing an appropriate minimum bid increment is especially 
    important in a simultaneous auction with a simultaneous closing rule. 
    In that case, all markets remain open until there is no bidding on any 
    license, and a delay in closing one market will delay the closing of 
    all markets.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \14\See Second Report and Order at 124-126. Commenters who 
    addressed the issue supported minimum bid increments. See comments 
    of Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. at 24; comments of PacTel 
    Corporation, Attachment of R. Preston McAfee at 16, 18; comments of 
    Pacific Bell and Nevada Bell, Attachment of Paul R. Milgrom and 
    Robert B. Wilson at 19; reply comments of Telephone and Data 
    Systems, Inc., Attachment of Robert J. Weber at 11; reply comments 
    of PacTel Corporation, Attachment of R. Preston McAfee at 10; reply 
    comments of Pacific Bell and Nevada Bell, Attachment of Paul Milgrom 
    and Robert Wilson, Appendix at 8, 9.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        42. Because we plan to use simultaneous multiple round auctions to 
    award broadband PCS licenses, we believe that it is necessary to impose 
    a minimum bid increment to ensure that the broadband PCS auctions 
    conclude within a reasonable period of time. Commenters addressing the 
    issue generally supported a minimum bid increment of 5 percent. PacTel, 
    for example, argues that this amount will provide a reasonable 
    compromise between the goal of completing the auction quickly and that 
    of revealing information about the distribution of valuations among 
    bidders.\15\ As we recognized in the Second Report and Order, it is 
    important in establishing the amount of the minimum bid increment to 
    express such increment as the greater of a percentage and fixed dollar 
    amount. See Second Report and Order at 126. This will ensure a timely 
    completion of the auction even if bidding begins at a very low dollar 
    amount. Accordingly, we will impose a minimum bid increment of some 
    percentage of the high bid from the previous round or a dollar amount 
    per MHz per pop, whichever is greater, in broadband PCS auctions where 
    multiple round bidding is used.\16\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \15\See comments of PacTel, Exhibit by R. Preston McAfee, 
    Auction Design for Personal Communications Services at 16. Milgrom 
    and Wilson also recommend a minimum bid increment of 5 percent 
    (subject to a dollar minimum and maximum) for stage I of the 
    auction, and smaller percentages for stages II and III. Reply 
    comments of PacBell, Attachment of Paul Milgrom and Robert Wilson, 
    Appendix at 8, 9.
        \16\``Pop'' refers to each member of the population of the 
    license service area and ``MHz'' refers to the amount of spectrum, 
    in megahertz, that the licensee is permitted to use. For example, 
    for a 30 MHz license with a population of 10 million, if the minimum 
    bid increment were the greater of 5 percent or $0.02 per MHz per 
    pop, the minimum bid increment would be $6 million ($0.02 x 30 
    MHz x 10,000,000) when the high bid from the previous round is less 
    than $120 million. If the high bid from the previous round exceeds 
    $120 million, the minimum bid would be 5 percent of the value of 
    that bid (since 5 percent of a bid over $120 million is greater than 
    $6 million).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        43. PacTel also suggests, in the context of simultaneous auctions, 
    that the Commission should vary the bid increment, reducing it as the 
    number of active bidders declines.\17\ Similarly, PacBell suggests that 
    the bid increment depend on the stage of the auction, with a 5 percent 
    increment in stage I, 2 percent in stage II, and 1 percent in stage 
    III.\18\ This would move the auction quickly at the beginning, when 
    prices have limited informational content and there is little benefit 
    to either bidders or the Commission of refined price movements, while 
    allowing bidders to express small differences in valuations as the 
    auction nears a close, increasing both efficiency and auction revenues. 
    Small bid increments also reduce the chances of ties. Where a tie does 
    occur, the high bidder will be determined by the order in which the 
    bids were received by the Commission.\19\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \17\See comments of PacTel, Exhibit by R. Preston McAfee, 
    Auction Design for Personal Communications Services, at 18.
        \18\See reply comments of PacBell, Appendix to Exhibit by Paul 
    Milgrom and Robert Wilson, auction Rules and Procedures, at 8-9. For 
    a discussion of auction stages in simultaneous multiple round 
    auctions see the section on activity rules infra.
        \19\See Second Report and Order at 125.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        44. Accordingly, we will start the auction with large bid 
    increments, and reduce the increments as bidding activity falls. The 
    minimum bid increment in stage I of the auction will be 5 percent of 
    the high bid in the previous round or $.02 per MHz per pop, whichever 
    is greater.\20\ We will reduce the minimum bid increment as we move 
    through the auction stages, with a minimum bid increment of the greater 
    of 2 percent or $.01 per MHz per pop in stage II, and the greater of 1 
    percent or $.005 per MHz per pop in stage III.\21\ The Commission, 
    however, retains the discretion in broadband PCS auctions to set and, 
    by announcement before or during the auction, vary the minimum bid 
    increments for individual licenses or groups of licenses over the 
    course of an auction if the auction is not moving at an appropriate 
    pace.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \20\$0.02 per MHz per pop would represent almost 6 percent of 
    the value of a license based on an extrapolation from the $10.6 
    billion estimated value of the 120 MHz of broadband PCS spectrum to 
    be licensed. See Second Report and Order at 177.
        \21\In oral or electronic sequential auctions the auctioneer may 
    within his or her sole discretion establish and vary the amount of 
    the minimum bid increment in each round of bidding.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        45. In addition, the Commission will establish a suggested minimum 
    bid on each license. Bids below the suggested minimum bid will count as 
    activity under the activity rule (see infra) only if no bids at or 
    above the suggested minimum bid are received. Initial bids must be 
    above the minimum bid increment of $.02 per MHz per pop, but may be 
    below the suggested minimum bid. Once a bid has been received on a 
    license, the suggested minimum bid is no longer applicable in 
    subsequent rounds. The amount of the suggested minimum bid may vary by 
    market size, with a larger minimum bid in larger markets, and will be 
    announced by public notice prior to each auction. We will establish 
    suggested minimum bids at no less than $.05 per MHz per pop and not 
    more than $.20 per MHz per pop. The suggested minimum bid provides 
    bidders an incentive to start bidding at a substantial fraction of the 
    final prices of licenses, thus ensuring a rapid conclusion of the 
    auction, while still allowing for bidding on licenses whose market 
    values are below the suggested minimum bids.\22\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \22\If the Commission were to preclude bidding below a starting 
    minimum bid, a bidder who is interested in only a single license for 
    which the minimum bid is set above the market value would be forced 
    to use an activity rule waiver or drop out of the auction under the 
    activity rules adopted infra.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    3. Stopping Rules for Multiple Round Auctions
        46. We also noted in the Second Report and Order that with multiple 
    round auctions a stopping rule must be established for determining when 
    the auction is over.\23\ In simultaneous multiple round auctions, 
    bidding may close separately on individual licenses, simultaneously on 
    all licenses, or a hybrid approach may be used. Under an individual, 
    license-by-license approach, bidding closes on each license after one 
    round passes in which no new acceptable bids are submitted for that 
    particular license. With a simultaneous stopping rule, bidding remains 
    open on all licenses until there is no new acceptable bid on any 
    license. This approach has the advantage of providing bidders full 
    flexibility to bid for any license as more information becomes 
    available during the course of the auction, but it may lead to very 
    long auctions, unless an activity rule (see discussion infra) is 
    imposed. A hybrid approach combines the first two stopping rules. For 
    example, we may use a simultaneous stopping rule (along with an 
    activity rule designed to expedite closure for licenses subject to the 
    simultaneous stopping rule) for the higher value licenses. For lower 
    value licenses, where the loss from eliminating some back-up strategies 
    is less, we may use simpler license-by-license closings. In the Second 
    Report and Order we recognize that such a hybrid approach might 
    simplify and speed up the auction process without significantly 
    sacrificing efficiency or expected revenue. Id.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \23\See Second Report and Order at 127. Commenters agreed on 
    the importance of the appropriate stopping rule. PacTel proposes 
    that bidding on an individual license close if there are no new bids 
    on that license within a given round, or if there are fewer than two 
    bids greater than a ``suggested minimum bid.'' Comments of PacTel, 
    Attachment of R. Preston McAfee at 16-18. Pacific Bell recommends 
    simultaneous closing of bidding on all licenses when there are no 
    new acceptable bids on any license. Comments of PacBell, Attachment 
    of Paul Milgrom and Robert Wilson at 19; reply comments of PacBell, 
    Attachment of Paul Milgrom and Robert Wilson, Appendix at 5. Bell 
    Atlantic Personal Communications, on the other hand, asserts that in 
    simultaneous auctions, no stopping rule can prevent strategic 
    delays. They provide no evidence for this, however, and do not 
    discuss any closing rule in detail. In discussing the Milgrom-Wilson 
    closing rule they fail to account for the Milgrom-Wilson activity 
    rule, which will reduce the likelihood of delay, and the fail-safe 
    closing mechanism proposed by Milgrom and Wilson. Reply comments of 
    Bell Atlantic Personal Communications, Inc., Attachment of Barry J. 
    Nalebuff and Jeremy I. Bulow at 12.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        47. For broadband PCS we believe that a simultaneous stopping rule 
    is preferable for all MTA licenses. MTA licenses are expected to have 
    relatively high values and are fewer in number than BTA licenses, which 
    will reduce the complexity of implementing a simultaneous stopping 
    rule. Since we intend to impose an activity rule (as discussed below), 
    we believe that allowing simultaneous closing for all licenses will 
    afford bidders flexibility to pursue back-up strategies without running 
    the risk that bidders will hold back their bidding until the final 
    rounds. We also intend to use a simultaneous stopping rule for BTA 
    licenses. However, because of the large number of BTA licenses, we 
    retain the discretion either to use a hybrid stopping rule or to allow 
    bidding to close individually for these licenses if as we gain 
    experience with auctions we determine that simultaneous stopping rules 
    are too complex to implement for very large numbers of licenses. The 
    specific stopping rule for ending bidding on BTA licenses will be 
    announced by Public Notice prior to auction.
        48. In addition, we will retain the discretion to declare at any 
    point after 40 rounds in a simultaneous multiple round auction that the 
    auction will end after some specified number of additional rounds.\24\ 
    This gives the Commission a means to prevent bidders from continuing to 
    bid on a few low value licenses solely to delay the closing for all 
    licenses in an auction with a simultaneous closing rule. This will also 
    ensure that the Commission can end the auction if it determines that 
    the benefits from ending the auction, and hence issuing licenses more 
    rapidly, exceeds the possible efficiency loss from cutting off bidding 
    on a few low value licenses. If we exercise this option, we favor the 
    use of three final rounds. Allowing more than one additional round 
    provides some opportunity for counter-offers, thus reducing the risk 
    that a license will not be awarded to the party that values it most 
    highly.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \24\PacBell proposed that in case of inordinate delays in the 
    auction the Commission should have the ability to conclude the 
    auction at any time after 40 rounds by issuing a call for final bids 
    on the following business day for each of those licenses for which 
    the highest bid increased in at least 1 of the preceding 3 rounds. 
    See reply comments of PacBell, Attachment of Paul Milgrom and Robert 
    Wilson, Appendix at 5.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        49. Moreover, if this fail-safe mechanism is used, we will accept 
    bids in the final round(s) only for licenses on which the highest bid 
    increased in at least one of the preceding three rounds. No new bids 
    will be accepted for other licenses.\25\ There are two reasons not to 
    take bids on licenses on which there has been no recent bidding. First, 
    the fact that bidding on an individual license may close will provide 
    an additional incentive to bid actively and thus speed the conclusion 
    of the auction. If bids are accepted on all licenses in the final 
    round(s) there is less cost to a bidder in holding back. Second, 
    closing bidding on licenses for which activity has ceased ensures high 
    bidders for those licenses that they will not lose a license without 
    having an opportunity to make a counter-offer.\26\ This reduces the 
    uncertainty associated with aggregating licenses that are worth more as 
    a package than individually. If final bids are accepted on all 
    licenses, a high bidder on an aggregation of licenses may unexpectedly 
    lose a critical part of the aggregation and have no chance to regain it 
    except in the post-auction market, where bargaining or other 
    transaction costs may be high.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \25\See reply comments of PacBell, Appendix to attachment by 
    Milgrom and Wilson at 5. See also Second Report and Order at 130, 
    n. 106.
        \26\Either the auction will close only when bidding ceases on 
    all licenses, so the high bidder will have an opportunity to respond 
    to any new bids, or the Commission will call for final bids but not 
    accept new bids on licenses on which there have been no new bids in 
    the previous three rounds, so no other bidder will have the 
    opportunity to outbid the high bidder in a final round.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    4. Duration of Bidding Rounds
        50. In simultaneous multiple round auctions for large numbers of 
    interdependent high-value licenses, bidders may need a significant 
    amount of time to evaluate back-up strategies and consult with their 
    principals. For this reason, PacBell proposes one bidding round per day 
    and PacTel proposes three business days per bidding round for broadband 
    PCS.\27\ We will provide bidders with a single business day to submit 
    bids, and conduct one round of bidding each business day.\28\ However, 
    we reserve the discretion to vary, by public notice or announcement, 
    the duration of bidding rounds or the interval at which bids are 
    accepted (e.g., run two or more rounds per day rather than one), in 
    order to move the auction toward closure more quickly. We are more 
    likely to conduct more than one round per day early in an auction than 
    towards the end of an auction. At early stages of an auction prices 
    will be low and contain relatively little information, so bidders will 
    need less time to deliberate. It is in the final stages of an auction, 
    when the consequences of bidding decisions are greatest, that bidders 
    need the most time to deliberate. We will indicate either by Public 
    Notice prior to an auction, or by announcement during an auction any 
    changes to the duration of and intervals between bidding rounds.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \27\Comments of PacBell, Attachment by Milgrom and Wilson at 19; 
    comments of PacTel, Attachment by McAfee at 16.
        \28\With one round per day, the auction may take weeks to 
    complete. This should not impose an excessive burden on bidders, 
    however, because bids may be submitted by telephone or by a computer 
    connected to a telephone line, so bidders need not have a 
    representative in Washington throughout the auction.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    5. Activity Rules
        51. As discussed above, in order to ensure that simultaneous 
    auctions with simultaneous stopping rules close within a reasonable 
    period of time and to increase the information conveyed by bid prices 
    during the auction, we believe that it is necessary to impose an 
    activity rule to prevent bidders from waiting until the end of the 
    auction before participating. Because simultaneous stopping rules 
    generally keep all licenses open for bidding as long as anyone wishes 
    to bid, they also create an incentive for bidders to hold back until 
    prices approach equilibrium before making a bid. As noted above, this 
    could lead to very long auctions. Delaying serious bidding until late 
    in the auction also reduces the information content of prices during 
    the course of an auction. Without an activity rule, bidders cannot know 
    whether a low level of bidding on a license means that the license 
    price is near its final level or if instead many serious bidders are 
    holding back and may bid up the price later in the auction.\29\ An 
    activity rule is less important when licenses close one-by-one because 
    failure to participate in any given round may result in losing the 
    opportunity to bid at all, if that round turns out to be the last.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \29\See ex parte presentation by Paul Milgrom on behalf of 
    PacBell, June 21, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        52. In the Second Report and Order we adopted the Milgrom-Wilson 
    activity rule as our preferred activity rule where a simultaneous 
    stopping rule is used. See Second Report and Order at 144-145. The 
    Milgrom-Wilson approach encourages bidders to participate in early 
    rounds by limiting their maximum participation to some multiple of 
    their minimum participation level. Bidders are required to declare 
    their maximum eligibility in terms of MHz-pops, and make an upfront 
    payment equal to $0.02 per MHz-pop.\30\ (See discussion of upfront 
    payments infra.) That is, in each round bidders will be limited to 
    bidding on licenses encompassing no more than the number of MHz-pops 
    covered by their upfront payment. Licenses on which a bidder is the 
    high bidder from the previous round count against this bidding limit. 
    Under this approach, bidders will have the flexibility to shift their 
    bids among any licenses for which they have applied so long as, within 
    each round, the total MHz-pops encompassed by those licenses does not 
    exceed the total number of MHz-pops on which they are eligible to bid. 
    Bidders will be able to secure the option to participate at whatever 
    maximum level they deem appropriate by making a sufficient upfront 
    payment. To preserve their maximum eligibility, however, bidders will 
    be required to maintain activity during each round of the auction. A 
    bidder is considered active on a license in the current round if the 
    bidder has submitted an acceptable bid for that license in the current 
    round, or has the high bid for that license from the previous round, in 
    which case, the bidder does not need to bid on that license in the 
    current round to be considered active on that license.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \30\The number of ``MHz-pops'' is calculated by multiplying the 
    population of the license service area by the amount of spectrum 
    authorized by the license. We use the terms ``per MHz-pop'' and 
    ``per MHz per pop'' interchangeably.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        53. Under the Milgrom-Wilson proposal, the minimum activity level, 
    measured as a fraction of the bidder's eligibility in the current 
    round, will increase during the course of the auction.\31\ Milgrom and 
    Wilson divide the auction into three stages. During the first stage of 
    the auction, a bidder is required to be active on licenses encompassing 
    one-third of the MHz-pops for which it is eligible. The ``penalty'' for 
    falling below that activity level is a reduction in eligibility. At 
    this stage, bidders will lose three MHz-pops in eligibility for each 
    MHz-pop below the minimum required activity level.\32\ In the second 
    stage, bidders are required to be active on two-thirds of the MHz-pops 
    for which they are eligible. The penalty for falling below that 
    activity level is a loss of 1.5 MHz-pops in eligibility for each MHz-
    pop below the minimum required activity level. In the third stage, 
    bidders are required to be active on licenses encompassing all of the 
    MHz-pops for which they are eligible. The penalty for falling below 
    that activity level is a loss of one MHz-pop in eligibility for each 
    MHz-pop below the minimum required activity level. Thus in the final 
    stage, each bidder retains eligibility (for the next round) equal to 
    the MHz-pops for which it is an active bidder in the current round.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \31\Absent waivers (discussed infra), a bidder's eligibility (in 
    terms of MHz-pops) in the current round is determined by the 
    bidder's activity level and eligibility in the previous round. In 
    the first round, however, eligibility is determined by the bidder's 
    upfront payment and is equal to the upfront payment divided by $.02 
    per MHz-pop.
        \32\An alternative way to state the rule for determining 
    eligibility in stage I of an auction is that each bidder will be 
    eligible to bid in the next round on three times the MHz-pops for 
    which it is an active bidder in the current round, or the MHz-pops 
    for which it is eligible in the current round, whichever is less.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        54. The auction will start in stage I and move from stage I to 
    stage II when, in each of three consecutive rounds of bidding, the high 
    bid has increased on 10 percent or less of the spectrum (measured in 
    terms of MHz-pops) being auctioned.\33\ The auction will move from 
    stage II to stage III when the high bid has increased on 5 percent or 
    less of the spectrum being auctioned (measured in terms of MHz-pops), 
    in each of three consecutive rounds of bidding in stage II.\34\ In 
    order to speed up an auction, the Commission may also announce, at any 
    time after the initial 15 rounds, that the next stage of the auction 
    (with a higher minimum participation level) will begin in the next 
    bidding round.\35\ Moreover, if as the Commission gains experience with 
    auctions that use activity rules it determines that such auctions tend 
    to move too slowly, it may, by public notice prior to a specific 
    auction, increase the activity levels at which that auction moves 
    between stages. Conversely, if the Commission determines that auctions 
    tend to move too quickly, depriving bidders of sufficient time to 
    deliberate and pursue back-up strategies, it may decrease the activity 
    levels at which an auction moves between stages.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \33\The transition rule may also be defined in terms of the 
    ``auction activity level''--the sum of the MHz-pops of those 
    licenses whose highest bid increased in the current round, as a 
    percentage of the total MHz-pops of all licenses in that auction. 
    (Note that this definition differs slightly from that used by 
    Milgrom and Wilson. See reply comments by PacBell, Appendix to 
    attachment by Milgrom and Wilson at 1.) The auction moves from stage 
    I to stage II when the auction activity level is less than or equal 
    to 10 percent for three consecutive rounds in stage I. The auction 
    moves from stage II to stage III when the auction activity level is 
    less than or equal to 5 percent for three consecutive rounds in 
    stage II. For example, if two nationwide 30 MHz blocks of spectrum 
    are put up for bid and the national population is approximately 250 
    million, a total of approximately 15,000 million MHz-pops would be 
    available in the auction. If in stage I of the auction, the high bid 
    increases on licenses encompassing less than 1,500 million MHz-pops 
    for three consecutive rounds, the auction moves to stage II. This 
    would be the case, for example, if in three consecutive rounds new 
    bids were received on only a license for the New York MTA (26 
    million pops) and a license for the Los Angeles MTA (19 million 
    pops), since the two licenses encompass a total of 1,350 million 
    MHz-pops. Once in stage II, if in each of three consecutive rounds 
    new acceptable bids are received on licenses encompassing less than 
    750 million MHz-pops, the auction would move to stage III.
        \34\Once an auction is in stage II, it cannot revert to stage I. 
    Once an auction is in stage III, it remains there.
        \35\Moving to stage II prematurely might result in an auction 
    moving too quickly to allow adequate time for consideration and may 
    excessively limit the ability of bidders to pursue alternative 
    backup strategies. See Second Report and Order at 142.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        55. Finally, to avoid the consequences of clerical errors and to 
    compensate for unusual circumstances that might delay a bidder's bid 
    preparation or submission on a particular day, Milgrom and Wilson 
    recommend permitting each bidder to request and automatically receive a 
    waiver of the activity rule once every three rounds. We believe that 
    some waiver procedure is a critical element of the Milgrom-Wilson 
    activity rule, since the Commission would not wish to reduce a bidder's 
    eligibility due to an accidental act or circumstances not under the 
    bidder's control.
        56. We believe that the Milgrom-Wilson approach will best achieve 
    the Commission's goals of affording bidders flexibility to pursue 
    backup strategies, while at the same time ensuring that simultaneous 
    auctions are concluded within a reasonable period of time. Accordingly, 
    we plan to impose such an activity rule in conjunction with a 
    simultaneous stopping rule to award higher value broadband PCS 
    licenses. We intend, however, to use a simpler waiver procedure than 
    that proposed by Milgrom and Wilson. We will permit bidders one 
    automatic waiver from the activity rule during each stage of an 
    auction. A waiver will permit a bidder to maintain its eligibility at 
    the same level as in the round for which the waiver is submitted.\36\ A 
    waiver may be submitted either in the round in which bidding falls 
    below the minimum required level to maintain (for the next round) the 
    same eligibility as in that round, or prior to submitting a bid in the 
    next round. If an activity rule waiver is entered in a round in which 
    no other bidding activity occurs, the auction will remain open.\37\ 
    However, an activity rule waiver entered after a round in which no 
    other bidding activity occurs will not reopen the auction. If, as we 
    gain both experimental and actual auction experience, we determine that 
    permitting one automatic waiver per auction stage is insufficient to 
    prevent the inadvertent reduction in eligibility of serious bidders, we 
    may, by public notice prior to a specific broadband auction, increase 
    the number of automatic activity rule waivers, or instead allow one 
    automatic waiver during a specified number of bidding rounds.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \36\An activity rule waiver cannot be used to correct an error 
    in the amount bid.
        \37\If, however, we determine, based on evidence from 
    experimental and actual auctions, that this is likely to excessively 
    delay the close of an auction or result in other adverse strategic 
    manipulation of an auction, we any announce by public notice prior 
    to a specific broadband auction that submission of a waiver will not 
    keep an auction open under any circumstances.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        57. Furthermore, if, as we gain experience with auctions, we 
    determine that the Milgrom-Wilson three stage activity rule is too 
    complicated or costly to administer, we may alternatively impose a less 
    complex activity rule. See Second Report and Order at  144. We will 
    announce by Public Notice before each auction the activity rule that 
    will be employed in that particular auction.
    
    V. Procedural, Payment, and Penalty Issues
    
    A. Pre-Auction Application Procedures
    
        58. In the Second Report and Order, the Commission established 
    general competitive bidding rules and procedures which we noted may be 
    modified on a service-specific basis. See 47 CFR Part 1, subpart Q. As 
    discussed below, we will generally follow the procedural, payment and 
    penalty rules established in the Second Report and Order with certain 
    minor modifications designed to address the particular characteristics 
    of the broadband PCS service. These rules are structured to ensure that 
    bidders and licensees are qualified and will be able to construct 
    systems quickly and other service to the public. By ensuring that 
    bidders and license winners are serious, qualified applicants, these 
    rules will minimize the need to re-auction licenses and prevent delays 
    in the provision of broadband PCS service to the public. In addition, 
    as we proposed in the Notice at  129, we adopt general procedural and 
    processing rules based on Part 22 of the Commission's Rules.
        59. Section 309(j)(5) provides that no party may participate in an 
    auction ``unless such bidder submits such information and assurances as 
    the Commission may require to demonstrate that such bidder's 
    application is acceptable for filing.'' 47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(j)(5). 
    Moreover, ``[n]o license shall be granted to an applicant selected 
    pursuant to this subsection unless the Commission determines that the 
    applicant is qualified pursuant to [Section 309(a)] and Sections 308(b) 
    and 310'' of the Communications Act. id. As the legislative history of 
    Section 309(j) makes clear, the Commission may require that bidders' 
    applications contain all information and documentation sufficient to 
    demonstrate that the application is not in violation of Commission 
    rules, and applications not meeting those requirements may be dismissed 
    prior to the competitive bidding. See H.R. Rep. No. 111, 103d Cong., 
    1st Sess. 258 (1993) (H.R. Rep. No. 103-111).
        60. In the MPRM, we proposed that all parties interested in 
    participating in an auction for spectrum licenses would be required to 
    file a short-form application (modeled on the Commission's 
    ``Transmittal Sheet for Cellular Applications''), and asked whether 
    applicants should also be required to submit a long-form application 
    prior to the auction, or whether the long-form application should be 
    submitted subsequent to the auction. NPRM at  97. The comments 
    generally agreed that we should require only a short-form application 
    prior to competitive bidding, and that only winning bidders should be 
    required to submit a long-form license application after the auction. 
    Because we believed that such a procedure would fulfill the statutory 
    requirements and objectives and adequately protect the public interest, 
    we incorporated these requirements into the rules adopted in the Second 
    Report and Order. See 47 CFR Secs. 1.2105 and 1.2107. We will extend 
    the application of these rules to the competitive bidding process for 
    broadband PCS.
        61. We will be guided by the following procedures in conducting 
    broadband PCS auctions. The Commission will release an initial Public 
    Notice announcing that it will accept applications for specific 
    broadband PCS licenses. This initial Public Notice will specify the 
    licenses and identify the time and place of an auction in the event 
    that mutually exclusive applications are filed. The Public Notice also 
    will specify the method of competitive bidding to be used, including 
    applicable bid submission procedures, stopping rules and activity 
    rules, as well as the deadline by which short-form applications must be 
    filed, and the amounts and deadlines for submitting the upfront 
    payment. See Second Report and Order at  164. We will not accept 
    applications filed before or after the dates specified in Public 
    Notices. Applications submitted before release of a Public Notice 
    announcing the availability of particular license(s), or before the 
    opening date of the filing window specified therein, will be returned 
    as premature. Applications submitted after the deadline specified by 
    Public Notice will be dismissed, with prejudice, as untimely. Soon 
    after release of the initial Public Notice, an auction information 
    package will be made available to prospective bidders.
        62. Bidders will be required to submit short-form applications on 
    FCC Form 175 (and FCC Form 175-S, if applicable), together with any 
    applicable filing fee\38\ by the date specified in the initial Public 
    Notice.\39\ The short-form applications will require applicants to 
    provide the information required by Section 1.2105(a)(2) of the 
    Commission's Rules, 47 CFR Sec. 1.2105(a)(2). Specifically, each 
    applicant will be required to specify on its Form 175 applications 
    certain identifying information, including its status as a designated 
    entity (if applicable), its classification (i.e., individual, 
    corporation, partnership, trust or other), the markets and frequently 
    blocks for which it is applying, and assuming that the licenses will be 
    auctioned, the names of persons authorized to place or withdraw a bid 
    on its behalf. In addition, applicants will be required to provide 
    detailed ownership information (see Section 24.813(a) of the 
    Commission's Rules) and identify all parties with whom they have 
    entered into any consortium arrangements, joint ventures, partnerships 
    or other agreements or understandings which relate to the competitive 
    bidding process. Applicants will also be required to certify that they 
    have not entered and will not enter into any explicit or implicit 
    agreements, arrangements or understandings with any parties, other than 
    those identified, regarding the amount of their bid, bidding strategies 
    or the particular properties on which they will or will not bid. In 
    addition, applicants for licenses in the entrepreneurs' blocks will be 
    required, as part of their short-form applications, to certify that 
    they are eligible to bid on and win licenses in those blocks. Among 
    other things, this means that they are in compliance with our PCS-
    cellular and PCS-PCS cross-ownership limitations. As we indicated in 
    the Second Report and Order, if the Commission receives only one 
    application that is acceptable for filing for a particular license, and 
    thus there is no mutual exclusivity, the Commission by Public Notice 
    will cancel the auction for this license and establish a date for the 
    filing of a long-form application, the acceptance of which will trigger 
    the procedures permitting petitions to deny. See Second Report and 
    Order at  165.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \38\Because Section 8 of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 158, does not currently afford the Commission authority to 
    charge an application fee in connection with PCS applications, 
    broadband PCS applicants will not be required to submit a fee with 
    their short-form application. However, the Commission has requested 
    that Congress amend Section 8 of the Communications Act to provide a 
    specific application fee for PCS services. If the Commission 
    receives application fee authority, the general rules governing 
    submission of fees will apply. See 47 CFR Sec. 1.1101 et seq. These 
    rules currently provide for dismissal of an application if the 
    application fee is not paid, is insufficient, is in improper form, 
    is returned for insufficient funds or is otherwise not in compliance 
    with our fee rules. Whenever funds are remitted to the Commission, 
    applicants also must file FCC Form 159.
        \39\Applicants should submit one paper original and one 
    microfiche original of their application, as well as two microfiche 
    copies.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        63. A number of commenters in this proceeding objected to our 
    original tentative conclusion that short-form applications should be 
    judged by a letter-perfect standard. See NPRM at  100. Parties 
    proposed that the Commission allow a brief period for correcting errors 
    in short-form applications. See, e.g., comments of AT&T at 30-31, 
    BellSouth at 36-37. As we stated in the Second Report and Order, we 
    believe that the public interest would be better served by encouraging 
    maximum bidder participation in auctions. See Second Report and Order 
    at  167. Therefore, we will provide applicants with an opportunity to 
    correct minor defects in their short-form applications (e.g., 
    typographical errors, incorrect license designations, etc.) prior to 
    the auction. Applicants will not be permitted until after the auction, 
    however, to make any major modifications to their applications, 
    including cognizable ownership changes or changes in the identification 
    of parties to bidding consortia. In addition, applications that are not 
    signed will be dismissed as unacceptable.
        64. After reviewing the short-form applications, the Commission 
    will issue a second Public Notice listing all defective applications, 
    and applicants whose applications contain minor defects will be given 
    an opportunity to cure defective applications and resubmit a correction 
    version.\40\ After reviewing the corrected applications, the Commission 
    will release a third Public Notice announcing the names of all 
    applicants whose applications have been accepted for filing. These 
    applicants will be required to submit an upfront payment to the 
    Commission, as discussed below.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \40\On the date set for submission of corrected applications 
    that on their won discover minor errors in their applications also 
    will be permitted to file corrected applications.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    B. Upfront Payment
    
        65. The comments in this proceeding generally supported the 
    Commission's proposal to require prospective bidders to make 
    substantial upfront payments prior to auction. See, e.g., comments of 
    Comcast at 18, PacBell at 28, Nextel at 16, and AWCC at 31-32. 
    Consistent with the weight of the comments, we concluded in the Second 
    Report and Order that a substantial upfront payment prior to the 
    beginning of an auction is necessary to ensure that only serious and 
    qualified bidders participate. See Second Report and Order at  171. By 
    requiring such a payment we also help to ensure that any bid withdrawal 
    or default penalties are paid. These considerations apply to broadband 
    PCS auctions. We will therefore require all broadband PCS auction 
    participants to tender in advance to the Commission a substantial 
    upfront payment as a condition of bidding.
        66. In the Notice, we proposed to require upfront payments based on 
    a $0.02 per MHz per pop formula. Though some commenters favor a fixed 
    upfront payment set by the Commission prior to the auction,\41\ most 
    support the Commission's proposed $0.02 per MHz per pop formula, which 
    would enable prospective bidders to tailor their upfront payment to 
    their bidding strategies.\42\ Commenters suggest that there should be 
    some fixed minimum on the amount of upfront payment made prior to 
    auction (suggestions range from $2,500 to $100,000 for different 
    services).\43\ Some commenters also favor setting a maximum upfront 
    payment, pointing out that our proposed formula yields very high 
    payments in the broadband PCS context.\44\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \41\See, e.g., comments of Edward M. Johnson at 2; and LuxCel 
    Group, Inc. at 8.
        \42\See, e.g., comments of PacBell at 28; Telocator (now PCIA) 
    at 13; CTIA at 30; and Rochester Telephone Corporation at 13.
        \43\See, e.g., comments of Telocator at 20-21; Cellular 
    Communications, Inc. at 15; AT&T at 34; and BellSouth at 41.
        \44\See, e.g., comments of Southwestern Bell at 38-40 (arguing 
    generally for a maximum deposit of $50 million for all markets) and 
    AT&T at 34 (supporting a maximum upfront payment of $5 million, with 
    a down payment following the auction).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        67. We believe that the standard upfront payment formula of $0.02 
    per pop per MHz for the largest combination of MHz-pops a bidder 
    anticipates bidding on in any single round of bidding is appropriate 
    for broadband PCS services.\45\ Using this formula will provide bidders 
    with the flexibility to change their strategy during an auction and to 
    bid on a larger number of smaller licenses or a smaller number of 
    larger licenses, so long as the total MHz-pops combination does not 
    exceed that amount covered by the upfront payment. For example, when we 
    auction licenses covering the nation simultaneously, a bidder would not 
    be required to file an upfront payment representing national coverage 
    unless it intended to bid on licenses covering the entire nation in a 
    single bidding round. The $0.02 per MHz per pop formula also works well 
    with the Milgrom-Wilson activity rule that we plan to employ in 
    broadband PCS auctions, as described in Section III above. In the 
    initial Public Notice issued prior to each auction, we will announce 
    population information corresponding to each license to enable bidders 
    to calculate their upfront payments.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \45\As discussed in Section VII, infra, designated entities will 
    be subject to a lesser upfront payment requirement of $0.015 per MHz 
    per pop. Further, we retain the flexibility to consider using a 
    simpler payment requirement if circumstances warrant.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        68. As we indicated in the Second Report and Order, we will not set 
    a maximum on upfront payments.\46\ We decline to do so because we wish 
    to ensure that those bidding on large numbers of valuable broadband PCS 
    licenses are bidding in good faith and are financially capable of 
    constructing those systems quickly. We recognize that upfront payments 
    for broadband PCS licenses may amount to millions of dollars, but we do 
    not believe that it is unreasonable to expect prospective bidders to 
    tender such sums given the expected overall value of some of these 
    licenses and the expected financial requirements to construct the 
    systems. Indeed, such a requirement is necessary to ensure the 
    seriousness of bidders for these valuable licenses.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \46\See Second Report and Order at 179.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        69. In the Second Report and Order, we accepted commenters' 
    suggestions and established a general minimum upfront payment of $2,500 
    to ensure that the use of our preferred formula would result in a 
    substantial enough payment that bidders would be deterred from making 
    frivolous bids.\47\ Such a minimum upfront payment is needed in 
    connection with auctions where the $0.02 per MHz per pop formula would 
    yield a comparatively small upfront payment (such as those for 
    narrowband PCS licenses in BTAs). Because of the wider bandwidth of 
    broadband PCS licenses, however, this minimum upfront payment will not 
    be relevant in auctions for this service.\48\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \47\Id. at 180.
        \48\The smallest bandwidth that a broadband PCS licensee will be 
    authorized to use is 10 MHz, so a $2,500 upfront payment would 
    result for a license area with a population of only 12,500 persons. 
    The least populous BTA in the United States (Williston, North 
    Dakota) has a population of approximately 27,500, and the upfront 
    payment for a 10 MHz license in that BTA would be approximately 
    $5,500.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        70. For broadband PCS auctions, we will follow the procedures for 
    submission of upfront payments outlined in the Second Report and Order. 
    Applicants whose short-form applications have been accepted for filing 
    will be required to submit the full amount of their upfront payment to 
    the Commission's lock-box bank by a date certain, which will be 
    announced in a Public Notice and generally will be no later than 14 
    days before the scheduled auction.\49\ After the Commission receives 
    from its lock-box bank the names of all applicants who have submitted 
    timely upfront payments, the Commission will issue a Public Notice 
    announcing the names of all applicants that have been determined to be 
    qualified to bid. An applicant who fails to submit a sufficient upfront 
    payment to qualify it to bid on any license being auctioned will not be 
    identified on this Public Notice as a qualified bidder, and it will be 
    prohibited from bidding in the auction. That is, we will require that 
    applicants for broadband PCS licenses submit a sufficient upfront 
    payment to reflect the MHz-pops of the smallest license being put up 
    for bid in a particular auction.\50\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \49\Upfront payments must be made by wire transfer or by 
    cashier's check drawn in U.S. dollars from a financial institution 
    whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance 
    Corporation and must be made payable to the Federal Communications 
    Commission.
        \50\For example, in our first broadband PCS auction (the 30 MHz 
    MTA licenses on blocks A and B), the smallest upfront payment that 
    may be submitted to qualify an applicant to bid will be calculated 
    by multiplying the population of the least populous MTA (American 
    Samoa: population 47,000) times 30 times two cents, or $28,200. It 
    should be noted, however, that this minimal upfront payment will 
    entitle the bidder to bid only on a license to serve American Samoa.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        71. Although it would be simpler to require the submission of 
    upfront payments at the same time short-form applications are filed, we 
    agree with those commenters that argued that they should not be 
    required to commit the large sums that will likely be involved in 
    broadband PCS upfront payment for longer than is necessary. 
    Accordingly, applicants will not be required to tender upfront payments 
    with their short-form applications. Instead, as noted above, upfront 
    payments will be due by a date specified by Public Notice, but 
    generally no later than 14 days before a scheduled auction. This period 
    should be sufficient to allow the Commission adequate time to process 
    upfront payment data and release a Public Notice listing all qualified 
    bidders, but not so long as to impose undue burdens upon bidders. The 
    rules set forth in Section 1.2106 of the Commission's Rules concerning 
    upfront payments will be applicable in broadband PCS auctions. Each 
    qualified bidder will be issued a bidder identification number and 
    further information and instructions regarding the auction procedures. 
    During an auction, bidders will be required to provide their bidder 
    identification numbers when submitting bids.
    
    C. Payment and Procedures for Licenses Awarded by Competitive Bidding
    
    1. Down Payment
        72. The Second Report and Order established a 20 percent down 
    payment by winning bidders to discourage default between the auction 
    and licensing and to ensure payment of the penalty if such default 
    occurs. We concluded that a 20 percent down payment was appropriate to 
    ensure that auction winners have the necessary financial capabilities 
    to complete payment for the license and to pay for the costs of 
    constructing a system, while at the same time not being so onerous as 
    to hinder growth or diminish access. Most of the commenters addressing 
    this issue generally support our proposal that winning bidders increase 
    their deposits with the Commission up to an amount equalling 20 percent 
    of their winning bid or bids. See, e.g., comments of BellSouth at 43-
    44, PageNet at 35-36, and Telocator at 13. Some commenters feel that a 
    20 percent down payment requirement would be too high. See comments of 
    Sprint at 18 (prefers a 10 percent down payment).
        73. We believe that the reasoning that led us to conclude that 20 
    percent is the appropriate down payment applies to broadband PCS 
    auctions. We therefore will require that, with the exception of bidders 
    eligible for installment payments in the entrepreneurs' blocks (see 
    Section VII, infra), winning bidders in broadband PCS auctions 
    supplement their upfront payments with a down payment sufficient to 
    bring their total deposits up to 20 percent of their winning 
    bid(s).\51\ Winning bidders will be required to submit the required 
    down payment by cashier's check or wire transfer to our lock-box bank 
    by a date to be specified by Public Notice, generally within five (5) 
    business days following the close of bidding. All auction winners will 
    generally be required to make full payment of the balance of their 
    winning bids within five (5) business days following award of the 
    license. Grant of the license will be conditioned on this payment.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \51\If the upfront payment already tendered by a winning bidder, 
    after deducting any bid withdrawal and default penalties due, 
    amounts to 20 percent or more of its winning bids, no additional 
    deposit will be required. If the upfront payment amount on deposit 
    is greater than 20 percent of the winning bid amount after deducting 
    any bid withdrawal and default penalties due, the additional monies 
    will be refunded. If a bidder has withdrawn a bid or defaulted but 
    the amount of the penalty cannot yet be determined, the bidder will 
    be required to make a deposit of 20 percent of the amount bid on 
    such licenses. When it becomes possible to calculate and assess the 
    penalty, any excess deposit will be refunded. Upfront payments will 
    be applied to such deposits and to bid withdrawal and default 
    penalties due before being applied toward the bidder's down payment 
    on licenses the bidder has won and seeks to acquire.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        74. An auction winner that is eligible to make payments through an 
    installment plan (see Section VII, infra) will be subject to different 
    payment requirements. Such an entity will be required to bring its 
    deposits with the Commission up to only 5 percent of its winning bid 
    after the bidding closes, and will pay an additional 5 percent of its 
    winning bid to the Commission after a license is granted.
    2. Bid Withdrawal and Default Penalties
        75. As we discussed in the Second Report and Order, it is 
    critically important to the success of our system of competitive 
    bidding that potential bidders understand that there will be a 
    substantial penalty assessed if they withdraw a high bid, are found not 
    to be qualified to hold licenses or default on payment of a balance 
    due. There was substantial support in the comments for the notion that 
    the Commission is authorized to and should order forfeiture of upfront 
    and down payments if the auction winner later defaults or is 
    disqualified. See, e.g., comments of CTIA at 29-30, AT&T at 35, n.43, 
    PageNet at 35-36, Cook Inlet at 47, and BellSouth at 42-44. We 
    concluded, however, that forfeiture of all amounts that a bidder may 
    have on deposit with the Commission may, in some circumstances, be too 
    severe a penalty and would not necessarily be rationally related to the 
    harm caused by withdrawal, default or disqualification. See Second 
    Report and Order at  197.
        76. This logic applies to broadband PCS auctions, so for these 
    auctions we will employ the bid withdrawal, default and 
    disqualification penalties adopted in the Second Report and Order, 
    which are reflected in Sections 1.2104(g) and 1.2109 of the 
    Commission's Rules. Any bidder who withdraws a high bid during an 
    auction before the Commission declares bidding closed will be required 
    to reimburse the Commission in the amount of the difference between its 
    high bid and the amount of the winning bid the next time the license is 
    offered by the Commission, if this subsequent winning bid is lower than 
    the withdrawn bid.\52\ No withdrawal penalty will be assessed if the 
    subsequent winning bid exceeds the withdrawn bid. After bidding closes, 
    a defaulting auction winner (i.e., a winner who fails to remit the 
    required down payment within the prescribed time, fails to pay for a 
    license, or is otherwise disqualified) will be assessed an additional 
    penalty of three percent of the subsequent winning bid or three percent 
    of the amount of the defaulting bid, whichever is less. See 47 CFR 
    Secs. 1.2104(g) and 1.2109. The additional three percent penalty is 
    designed to encourage bidders who wish to withdraw their bids to do so 
    before bidding ceases. We will hold deposits made by defaulting or 
    disqualified auction winners until full payment of the penalty.\53\ We 
    believe that these penalties will adequately discourage default and 
    ensure that bidders have adequate financing and that they meet all 
    eligibility and qualification requirements. As we explained in the 
    Second Report and Order, we further believe that this approach is well 
    within our authority under both Section 309(j)(4)(B) and Section 4(i) 
    of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 154(i), as it is clearly 
    necessary to carry out the rapid deployment of new technologies through 
    the use of auctions.\54\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \52\If a license is re-offered by auction, the ``winning bid'' 
    refers to the high bid in the auction in which the license is re-
    offered. If a license is re-offered in the same auction, the winning 
    bid refers to the high bid amount, made subsequent to the 
    withdrawal, in that auction. If the subsequent high bidder also 
    withdraws its bid, that bidder will be required to pay a penalty 
    equal to the difference between its withdrawn bid and the amount of 
    the subsequent winning bid the next time the license is offered by 
    the Commission. If a license which is the subject of withdrawal or 
    default is not re-auctioned, but is instead offered to the highest 
    losing bidders in the initial auction, the ``winning bid'' refers to 
    the bid of the highest bidder who accepts the offer. Losing bidders 
    would not be required to accept the offer, i.e., they may decline 
    without penalty. We wish to encourage losing bidders in simultaneous 
    multiple round auctions to bid on other licenses, and therefore we 
    will not hold them to their losing bids on a license for which a 
    bidder has withdrawn a bid or on which a bidder has defaulted.
        \53\In rare cases in which it would be inequitable to retain a 
    down payment, we will entertain requests for waiver of this 
    provision.
        \54\See Second Report and Order at  198.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        77. In addition, if a default or disqualification involves gross 
    misconduct, misrepresentation or bad faith by an applicant, the 
    Commission may declare the applicant and its principals ineligible to 
    bid in future auctions, and may take any other action that it deems 
    necessary, including institution of proceedings to revoke any existing 
    licenses held by the applicant. See Second Report and Order at 198.
    3. Re-Offering Licenses When Auction Winners Default
        78. In the event that an auction winner defaults or is otherwise 
    disqualified, the Commission must determine whether to hold a new 
    auction or simply offer the license to the second-highest bidder. 
    Parties commenting on this issue generally favored re-auctioning the 
    license, pointing out that changing market and even technological 
    developments since the initial auction may change the amounts that 
    bidders are willing to pay for a license, especially if the intervening 
    period is relatively long. They urge that any re-auction be open to new 
    bidders, arguing that such a procedure would reduce the incentive of 
    losing bidders to file unmeritorious petitions to deny against the 
    auction winner. See, e.g., comments of BellSouth at 37, Utilities 
    Telecommunications Council at 21.
        79. As we stated in the Second Report and Order, we believe that, 
    as a general rule, when an auction winner defaults or is otherwise 
    disqualified after having made the required down payment, the best 
    course of action is to re-auction the license. See Second Report and 
    Order at 204. Although we recognize that this may cause a brief delay 
    in the initiation of service to the public, during the time between the 
    original auction and the disqualification circumstances may have 
    changed so significantly as to alter the value of the license to 
    auction participants as well as to parties who did not participate. In 
    this situation, awarding licenses to the parties that value them most 
    highly can best be assured through a re-auction. However, if the 
    default occurs within five (5) business days after the bidding has 
    closed, the Commission retains the discretion to offer the license to 
    the second highest bidder at its final bid level, or if that bidder 
    declines the offer, to offer the license to other bidders (in 
    descending order of their bid amounts) at the final bid levels.\55\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \55\If only a small number of relatively low-value licenses are 
    to be re-auctioned and only a short time has passed since the 
    initial auction, the Commission may choose to offer the license to 
    the highest losing bidders because the cost of running another 
    auction may exceed the benefits.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        80. If a new auction becomes necessary because of default or 
    disqualification more than five (5) business days after bidding has 
    ended, the Commission will afford new parties an opportunity to file 
    applications. One of our primary goals in conducting auctions is to 
    assure that all serious interested bidders are in the pool of qualified 
    bidders at any re-auction. We believe that allowing new applications 
    will promote achievement of this goal, which outweighs the short delay 
    that we recognize may result from allowing new applications in a re-
    auction. Indeed, if we were not to allow new applicants in a re-
    auction, interested parties might be forced into an after-market 
    transaction to obtain the license, which would itself delay service to 
    the public and may prevent the public from recovering a reasonable 
    portion of the value of the spectrum resource.
    4. Long-Form Application
        81. If the winning bidder makes the down payment in a timely 
    manner, a long-form application filed on FCC Form 401 (as modified), or 
    such other form as may be adopted for Commercial Mobile Radio Service 
    use in GEN Docket No. 93-252, will be required to be filed by a date 
    specified by Public Notice, generally within ten (10) business days 
    after the close of bidding.\56\ After the Commission receives the 
    winning bidder's down payment and the long-form application, we will 
    review the long-form application to determine if it is acceptable for 
    filing. In addition to the information required in the long-form 
    application of all winning bidders, each winning bidder on licenses in 
    frequency blocks C and F will be required to submit evidence of its 
    eligibility to bid on licenses in these blocks, as well as evidence to 
    support its claim to any special provisions made available to 
    designated entities. This information may be included in an exhibit to 
    FCC Form 401, and must include the gross revenues and total assets of 
    the applicant and all attributable investors in the applicant, and a 
    certification that the personal net worth of each individual investor 
    does not exceed the eligibility limitation. This information will 
    enable the Commission, and other interested parties, to ensure the 
    validity of the applicant's certification of eligibility to bid in 
    blocks C and F (submitted as part of its FCC Form 175) and its 
    eligibility for any bidding credits, installment payment options, or 
    other special provision. Upon acceptance for filing of the long-form 
    application, the Commission will issue a Public Notice announcing this 
    fact, triggering the filing window for petitions to deny. If the 
    Commission denies all petitions to deny, and is otherwise satisfied 
    that the applicant is qualified, the license(s) will be granted to the 
    auction winner.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \56\Schedule B to FCC Form 401 will not be required to be 
    submitted by broadband PCS applicants. However, applicants for 
    broadband PCS licenses proposing to use any portion of broadband PCS 
    spectrum to offer service on a private mobile radio service basis 
    must overcome the presumption that PCS is a commercial mobile radio 
    service. Regulatory Treatment of Mobile Services, Second Report and 
    Order in GEN Docket No. 93-252, 9 FCC Rcd 1411, 1460-63, 59 FR 
    18493, Apr. 19, 1994; 47 CFR Sec. 20.9(a)(11), (b). Applicants (or 
    licensees) seeking to dedicate a portion of the spectrum for private 
    mobile radio service will be required to attach as an exhibit to the 
    Form 401 application a certification that it will offer PCS service 
    on a private mobile radio basis. The certification must include a 
    description of the proposed service sufficient to demonstrate that 
    it is not within the definition of commercial mobile radio service 
    in Section 20.3 of the Commission's Rules. Id.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    5. Processing and Procedural Rules
        82. In the Notice, we proposed to adopt general processing and 
    procedural rules for broadband PCS based on Part 22 of the Commission's 
    Rules. One commenter, AIDE, argues that the Commission's reference to 
    proposed PCS rules is vague and legally insufficient for a Notice of 
    Proposed Rule Making. Comments of AIDE at 16-17. AIDE also asserts that 
    the adoption of PCS processing and procedural rules is beyond the scope 
    of the Notice in this rule making proceeding. Id. We disagree. The 
    Notice sought comment on specific rule sections contained in Part 22 of 
    our Rules and asked commenters to indicate what modifications should be 
    made to those rules to adapt them for PCS services. See Notice at 128. 
    In addition, the Notice specifically requested comment on the general 
    procedural, processing and petition to deny procedures that should be 
    used for auctionable services. The Notice's proposal to adopt 
    processing rules based on Part 22 of the Commission's Rules, with any 
    appropriate modifications for PCS services, clearly indicated to 
    commenters the terms of the proposed rules, as is required by 5 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 553 and 47 CFR Sec. 1.413(c). Accordingly, we believe that the 
    Notice's description of the proposed rules was sufficiently specific to 
    alert interested parties to the substance of our proposal and to 
    provide an adequate opportunity for comment on those proposals. 
    Moreover, we conclude that these issues are well within the scope of 
    the Notice.
        83. As we proposed, we adopt for broadband PCS a modified version 
    of the application processing rules contained in Part 22 of the 
    Commission's Rules. These rules, which will comprise Subpart I of Part 
    24 of our Rules, will govern application filing and content 
    requirements, waiver procedures for return of defective applications, 
    regulations regarding modification of applications, and general 
    application processing rules. We also adopt petition to deny procedures 
    based on Section 22.30 of the Commission's Rules. In addition, as we 
    proposed in the Notice, we adopt rules similar to Sections 22.927, 
    22.928 and 22.929 of our existing rules (47 CFR Secs. 22.927, 22.928, 
    22.929) to prevent the filing of speculative applications and pleadings 
    (or threats of the same) designed to extract money from sincere 
    broadband PCS applicants. In this regard, we limit the consideration 
    that an applicant or petitioner is permitted to receive for agreeing to 
    withdraw an application or a petition to deny to the legitimate and 
    prudent expenses of the withdrawing applicant or petitioner.
        84. With regard to petitions to deny, we adopt expedited procedures 
    consistent with the provisions of Section 309(i)(2) of the 
    Communications Act to resolve substantial and material issues of fact 
    concerning qualifications.\57\ This provision requires us to entertain 
    petitions to deny the application of the auction winner if petitions to 
    deny are otherwise provided for under the Communications Act or our 
    Rules.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \57\The adoption of such procedures is necessary because Section 
    309(j)(5) of the Communications Act forbids the granting of licenses 
    through competitive bidding unless the Commission determines that 
    the applicant is qualified.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        85. As we indicated in the Second Report and Order, the Commission 
    need not conduct a hearing before denying an application if it 
    determines that an applicant is not qualified and no substantial issue 
    of fact exists concerning that determination. See Second Report and 
    Order at 202. In the event that the Commission identifies substantial 
    and material issues of fact in need of resolution, Section 309(i)(2) of 
    the Communications Act permits in any hearing the submission of all or 
    part of evidence in written form and allows employees other than 
    administrative law judges to preside over the taking of written 
    evidence. We will incorporate these principles into our broadband PCS 
    procedural rules.
    
    D. Procedures in Alternative Auction Design
    
        86. If we decide to employ a sequential auction design (using 
    either oral or electronic bid submission), the same general rules and 
    procedures described above will be used with certain modifications to 
    fit the oral or electronic auction format. In the case of oral 
    auctions, bidders would be required to follow the procedures described 
    above, including the submission of the standard upfront payment of 
    $0.02 per MHz-pop prior to the auction. Applicants would submit a 
    sufficient upfront payment to cover the total number of MHz-pops they 
    desire to win. Once a bidder has won the maximum number of MHz-pops 
    covered by its upfront payment, that bidder will be precluded from 
    further bidding in the auction.\58\ Immediately after bidding closes on 
    a license, the winning bidder (i.e., the high bidder on a license on 
    which bidding has closed) will be asked to sign a bid confirmation 
    form. No other license will be put up for bid until a bid confirmation 
    form is signed by a high bidder on the previous license.\59\ Because we 
    recognize that in an oral auction the chances of a bidder accidentally 
    placing a high bid are greater than in other auction methods, and 
    because the harm will be limited if the license is immediately re-
    offered, we will not impose a penalty on a high bidder who withdraws a 
    high bid by refusing to sign the bid confirmation form. Thus, in an 
    sequential oral auction in which a high bidder declines to sign the bid 
    confirmation form, the license will be immediately put up for bid 
    again. If, however, a high bidder signs a bid confirmation form but 
    subsequently fails to submit the 20 percent down payment or otherwise 
    defaults, the standard default penalties (described supra) will 
    apply.\60\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \58\This is similar to the procedure adopted in the Fourth 
    Report and Order for the oral auctioning of IVDS licenses. See 
    Fourth Report and Order in PP Docket No. 93-253, 9 FCC Rcd 2330, 59 
    FR 24947, May 13, 1994.
        \59\If we use single combined bidding, described supra, no other 
    licenses will be put up for bid until a bid confirmation form is 
    signed for each license put up for bid together in a combined 
    auction.
        \60\See 47 CFR Secs. 1.2104 and 1.2109.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        87. If we decide to use sequential electronic bidding, bidders 
    would again follow the general procedures described above including the 
    submission of the standard upfront payment amount of $0.02 per MHz per 
    pop prior to the auction. Applicants would submit a sufficient upfront 
    payment to cover the total number of MHz-pops they desire to win. An 
    applicant will not be eligible to bid on a license for which it has not 
    applied or which contains more MHz-pops than the total MHz-pops covered 
    by the bidder's upfront payment less any MHz-pops already won by that 
    bidder. Once a bidder has won licenses representing the maximum number 
    of MHz-pops reflected in its upfront payment, that bidder will be 
    precluded from further bidding in the auction. Each bidder's 
    eligibility will be computed and tracked by the auction software and 
    bids placed by ineligible bidders will not be accepted. After the 
    auctioneer declares bidding on a license closed and the high bidder has 
    been notified, that bidder will be asked to confirm its high bid. If 
    the high bidder in a sequential electronic auction declines to confirm 
    its high bid, the license will be immediately re-auctioned and no 
    penalty will be imposed. No other licenses will be put up for bid until 
    a bid confirmation form is signed by a high bidder on the previous 
    license.\61\ As with sequential oral auctions, if a high bidder signs a 
    bid confirmation form but subsequently fails to submit the 20 percent 
    down payment or otherwise defaults, the standard default penalties 
    (described supra) will apply.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \61\See also n. 59, supra.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    VI. Regulatory Safeguards
    
    A. Transfer Disclosure Requirements
    
        88. In Section 309(j), Congress directed the Commission to 
    ``require such transfer disclosures and anti-trafficking restrictions 
    and payment schedules as may be necessary to prevent unjust enrichment 
    as a result of the methods employed to issue licenses and permits.'' 47 
    U.S.C. Sec. 309(j)(4)(E). In the Second Report and Order, the 
    Commission adopted safeguards designed to ensure that the requirements 
    of Section 309(j)(4)(E) are satisfied. See Second Report and Order at 
    210-226 and 258-265.
        89. In the Second Report and Order (at 214), we stated our belief 
    that it is important to monitor transfers of licenses awarded by 
    competitive bidding in order to accumulate the data necessary to 
    evaluate our auction designs and to judge whether ``licenses [have 
    been] issued for bids that fall short of the true market value of the 
    license.'' H.R. Rep. No. 103-111 at 257. Therefore, we imposed a 
    transfer disclosure requirement on licenses obtained through the 
    competitive bidding process, whether by a designated entity or not. See 
    47 CFR Sec. 1.2111(a). We believe that the transfer disclosure 
    requirements contained in Section 1.2111(a) of the Commission's Rules 
    should apply to all broadband PCS licenses obtained through the 
    competitive bidding process. Generally, licensees transferring their 
    licenses within three years after the initial license grant will be 
    required to file, together with their transfer applications, the 
    associated contracts for sale, option agreements, management 
    agreements, and all other documents disclosing the total consideration 
    received in return for the transfer of its license. As we indicated in 
    the Second Report and Order, we will give particular scrutiny to 
    auction winners who have not yet begun commercial service and who seek 
    approval for a transfer of control or assignment of their licenses 
    within three years after the initial license grant, in order to 
    determine if any unforeseen problems relating to unjust enrichment have 
    arisen outside the designated entity context. See Second Report and 
    Order at 214.\62\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \62\We note that these transfer disclosure provisions are in 
    addition to the limitations on transfers that we have adopted in the 
    Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order (with respect to spectrum 
    disaggregation) or elsewhere in this Order (with respect to 
    transfers of licenses in the entrepreneurs' block).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    B. Performance Requirements
    
        90. The Budget Act requires the Commission to ``include performance 
    requirements, such as appropriate deadlines and penalties for 
    performance failures, to ensure prompt delivery of service to rural 
    areas, to prevent stockpiling or warehousing of spectrum by licensees 
    or permittees, and to promote investment in and rapid deployment of new 
    technologies and services.''\63\ In the Second Report and Order we 
    decided that it was unnecessary and undesirable to impose additional 
    performance requirements, beyond those already provided in the service 
    rules, for all auctionable services. The broadband PCS service rules 
    already contain specific performance requirements, such as the 
    requirement to construct within a specified period of time. See, e.g., 
    47 CFR Sec. 24.203. Failure to satisfy these construction requirements 
    will result in forfeiture of the license. Accordingly, we do not see 
    the need to adopt any additional performance requirements in this 
    Report and Order.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \63\See Section 309(j)(4)(B) of the Communications Act, as 
    amended.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    C. Rules Prohibiting Collusion
    
        91. In the Second Report and Order, we adopted a special rule 
    prohibiting collusive conduct in the context of competitive bidding. 
    See 47 CFR Sec. 1.2105(c). We referred to the Notice, wherein we 
    indicated our belief that such a rule would serve the objectives of the 
    Budget Act by preventing parties, especially the largest firms, from 
    agreeing in advance to bidding strategies that divide the market 
    according to their strategic interests and disadvantage other bidders. 
    See Second Report and Order at 221. We believe that this rule is 
    nowhere more necessary than with respect to broadband PCS auctions, 
    where we expect bidder interest to be high and the incentives to 
    collude to be great. Thus, Section 1.2105(c) will apply to broadband 
    PCS auctions. This rule provides that from the time the short-form 
    applications are filed until the winning bidder has made its required 
    down payment, all bidders will be prohibited from cooperating, 
    collaborating, discussing or disclosing in any manner the substance of 
    their bids or bidding strategies with other bidders, unless such 
    bidders are members of a bidding consortium or other joint bidding 
    arrangement identified on the bidder's short-form application. In 
    addition, as discussed in Section IV, supra, bidders will be required 
    by Section 1.2105(a)(2) of the Commission's Rules to identify on their 
    Form 175 applications all parties with whom they have entered into any 
    consortium arrangements, joint ventures, partnerships or other 
    agreements or understandings which relate to the competitive bidding 
    process. Bidders will also be required to certify that they have not 
    entered and will not enter into any explicit or implicit agreements, 
    arrangements or understandings with any parties, other than those 
    identified, regarding the amount of their bid, bidding strategies or 
    the particular properties on which they will or will not bid.
        92. Winning bidders in broadband PCS auctions will also be subject 
    to Section 1.2107 of the Commission's Rules, which among other things 
    requires each winning bidder to attach as an exhibit to the Form 401 
    long-form application a detailed explanation of the terms and 
    conditions and parties involved in any bidding consortium, joint 
    venture, partnership, or other agreement or arrangement they had 
    entered into relating to the competitive bidding process prior to the 
    close of bidding. All such arrangements must have been entered into 
    prior to the filing of short-form applications. In addition, where 
    specific instances of collusion in the competitive bidding process are 
    alleged during the petition to deny process, the Commission may conduct 
    an investigation or refer such complaints to the United States 
    Department of Justice for investigation. Bidders who are found to have 
    violated the antitrust laws or the Commission's rules in connection 
    with participation in the auction process may be subject to forfeiture 
    of their down payment or their full bid amount and revocation of their 
    license(s), and they may be prohibited from participating in future 
    auctions.
    
    VII. Treatment of Designated Entities
    
    A. Overview and Objectives
    
        93. Congress mandated that the Commission ``ensure that small 
    businesses, rural telephone companies, and businesses owned by members 
    of minority groups and women are given the opportunity to participate 
    in the provision of spectrum-based services.'' 47 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 309(j)(4)(D). To achieve this goal, the statute requires the 
    Commission to ``consider the use of tax certificates, bidding 
    preferences, and other procedures.'' Thus, while providing that we 
    charge for licenses, Congress has ordered that the Commission design 
    its auction procedures to ensure that designated entities have 
    opportunities to obtain licenses and provide service. For that purpose, 
    the law does not mandate the use of any particular procedure, but it 
    specifically approves the use of ``tax certificates, bidding 
    preferences, and other procedures.'' The use of any such procedure is, 
    in our view, mandated where necessary to achieve Congress's objective 
    of ensuring that designated entities have the opportunity to 
    participate in broadband PCS.
        94. In addition to this mandate, the statute sets forth various 
    congressional objectives. For example, it provides that in establishing 
    eligibility criteria and bidding methodologies the Commission shall 
    ``promot[e] economic opportunity and competition and ensur[e] that new 
    and innovative technologies are readily accessible to the American 
    people by avoiding excessive concentration of licenses and by 
    disseminating licenses among a wide variety of applicants, including 
    small businesses, rural telephone companies, and businesses owned by 
    members of minority groups and women.'' 47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(j)(3)(B); 
    see also id. Sec. 309(j)(4)(C) (requiring the Commission when 
    prescribing area designations and bandwidth assignments, to promote 
    ``economic opportunity for a wide variety of applicants, including 
    small businesses, rural telephone companies, and businesses owned by 
    members of minority groups and women).\64\ Further, Section 
    309(j)(4)(A) provides that to promote the statute's objectives the 
    Commission shall ``consider alternative payment schedules and methods 
    of calculation, including lump sums or guaranteed installment payments, 
    with or without royalty payments, or other schedules or methods * * * 
    and combinations of such schedules and methods.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \64\As noted in the Second Report and Order, the statute also 
    requires the Commission to promote the purposes specified in Section 
    1 of the Communications Act, which include, among other things, ``to 
    make available, so far as possible, to all the people of the United 
    States a rapid, efficient, Nation-wide, and world-wide wire and 
    radio communication service with adequate facilities at reasonable 
    charges.'' 47 U.S.C. Sec. 151; Second Report and Order at n. 3.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        95. To satisfy these statutory mandates and objectives, we 
    established in the Second Report and Order eligibility criteria and 
    general rules that would govern the special measures for small 
    businesses, rural telephone companies, and businesses owned by members 
    of minority groups and women. We also identified several measures, 
    including installment payments, spectrum set-asides, bidding credits 
    and tax certificates, that we could choose from in establishing rules 
    for auctionable spectrum-based services. We stated that we would decide 
    whether and how to use these special provisions, or others, when we 
    developed specific competitive bidding rules for particular services. 
    In addition, we set forth rules designed to prevent unjust enrichment 
    by designated entities who transfer ownership in licenses obtained 
    through the use of these special measures or who otherwise lose their 
    designated entity status.
        96. We intend in the new broadband personal communications service 
    to meet fully the statutory mandate of Section 309(j)(4)(D), as well as 
    the objectives of promoting economic opportunity and competition, of 
    avoiding excessive concentration of licenses, and of ensuring access to 
    new and innovative technologies by disseminating licenses among a wide 
    variety of applicants, including small businesses, rural telephone 
    companies, and businesses owned by members of minority groups and 
    women. As explained more fully in this Order, in some respects it is 
    necessary to do more to ensure that businesses owned by members of 
    minority groups and women have a meaningful opportunity to participate 
    in the provision of personal communications services than is necessary 
    to ensure participation by other designated entities. In particular, we 
    have concluded that steps such as adoption of bidding credits, tax 
    certificates, alternate payment plans and relaxed attribution rules, 
    must be taken to encourage investment in minority and women-owned 
    businesses. These special provisions are tailored to address the major 
    problem facing minorities and women desiring to offer PCS--lack of 
    access to capital. Moreover, because broadband PCS licenses in many 
    cases are expected to be auctioned for large sums of money in the 
    competitive bidding process, and because buildout costs are likely to 
    be high, it is necessary to do more to ensure that designated entities 
    have the opportunity to participate in broadband PCS than is necessary 
    in other, less costly spectrum-based services. In our view, these steps 
    and the others we adopt are required to fulfill Congress' mandate that 
    designated entities have the opportunity to participate in the 
    provision of PCS. The measures we adopt today will also increase the 
    likelihood that designated entities who win licenses in the auctions 
    become strong competitors in the provision of broadband PCS service.
        97. In instructing the Commission to ensure the opportunity for 
    designated entities to participate in auctions and spectrum-based 
    services, Congress was well aware of the difficulties these groups 
    encounter in accessing capital. Indeed, less than two years ago, 
    Congress made specific findings in the Small Business Credit and 
    Business Opportunity Enhancement Act of 1992, that ``small business 
    concerns, which represent higher degrees of risk in financial markets 
    than do large businesses, are experiencing increased difficulties in 
    obtaining credit.''\65\ Because of these problems, Congress resolved to 
    consider carefully legislation and regulations ``to ensure that small 
    business concerns are not negatively impacted'' and to give priority to 
    passage of ``legislation and regulations that enhance the viability of 
    small business concerns.''\66\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \65\Small Business Credit and Business Opportunity Enhancement 
    Act of 1992, Section 331(a)(3), Pub. Law 102-366, Sept. 4, 1992.
        \66\Id., Section 331(b) (2), (3).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        98. Congress also recognized that these funding problems are even 
    more severe for minority and women-owned businesses, who face 
    discrimination in the private lending market. For example, Congress 
    explicitly found that businesses owned by minorities and women have 
    particular difficulties in obtaining capital and that problems 
    encountered by minorities in this regard are ``extraordinary.''\67\ A 
    number of studies also amply support the existence of widespread 
    discrimination against minorities in lending practices. In October 
    1992, the year prior to passage of the auction law, the Federal Reserve 
    Bank of Boston released an important and highly-publicized study 
    demonstrating that a black or Hispanic applicant in the Boston area is 
    roughly 60 percent more likely to be denied a mortgage loan than a 
    similarly situated white applicant.\68\ The researchers measured every 
    variable mentioned as important in numerous conversations with lenders, 
    underwriters, and examiners and found that minority applicants are more 
    likely to be denied mortgages even where they have the same obligation 
    ratios, credit history, loan to value and property characteristics as 
    white applicants. The lending discrimination that occurs, the study 
    found, does not involve the application of specific rules, but instead 
    occurs where discretionary decisions are made. Based on the Boston 
    study, it is reasonable to expect that race would affect business loans 
    that are based on more subjective criteria to an even greater extent 
    than the mortgage loan process, which uses more standard rules.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \67\Id., Sections 112(4), 331(a)(4).
        \68\Mortgage Lending in Boston: Interpreting HMDA Data, Federal 
    Reserve Bank of Boston, Working Paper 92-7 (October 1992).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        99. Importantly, the Boston study also found that, because most 
    loan applicants have some negative attributes, most loan denials will 
    appear legitimate by some objective standard. Accordingly, the study 
    stated, the lending discrimination that occurs is very difficult to 
    document at the institution level, so legal remedies may be largely 
    ineffective. Indeed, Congress had already attempted to address 
    discriminatory lending practices through laws that bar discrimination 
    in lending, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, enacted in 1974 
    and amended many times since then. Congress, therefore, could 
    reasonably assume, based on the Boston study, and its legislative 
    experience regarding discriminatory lending practices, that minority 
    applicants for licenses issued in spectrum auctions would face 
    substantial (albeit subtle) barriers to obtaining financing. Any legal 
    remedies, even if effective, would, moreover, come too late to ensure 
    that minorities are able to participate in spectrum auctions and obtain 
    licenses.
        100. Similar evidence presented in testimony before the House 
    Minority Enterprise Subcommittee on May 20, 1994 indicates that African 
    American business borrowers have difficulty raising capital mainly 
    because they have less equity to invest, they receive fewer loan 
    dollars per dollar of equity investment, and they are less likely to 
    have alternate loan sources, such as affluent family or friends. 
    Assuming two hypothetical college educated, similarly-situated male 
    entrepreneurs, one black, one white, the testimony indicated that the 
    white candidate would have access to $1.85 in bank loans for each 
    dollar of owner equity invested, while the black candidate would have 
    access to only $1.16. According to the testimony, the problems 
    associated with lower incomes and intergenerational wealth, as well as 
    the discriminatory treatment minorities receive from financial 
    institutions, make it much more likely that minorities will be shut out 
    of capital intensive industries, such as telecommunications. This 
    testimony also noted that African American representation in 
    communications is so low that it was not possible to generate 
    meaningful summary statistics on underrepresentation.\69\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \69\Testimony of Dr. Timothy Bates, Visiting Fellow, The Woodrow 
    Wilson Center, before the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on 
    Small Business, Subcommittee on Minority Enterprise, Finance, and 
    Urban Development (House Minority Enterprise Subcommittee), May 20, 
    1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        101. The inability to access capital is also a major impediment to 
    the successful participation of women in broadband PCS auctions. In 
    enacting the Women's Business Ownership Act in 1988, Congress made 
    findings that women, as a group, are subject to discrimination that 
    adversely affects their ability to raise or secure capital.\70\ As AWRT 
    documents, these discriminatory barriers still exist today. Indeed, 
    AWRT reports that while venture capital is an important source of 
    funding for telecommunications companies, women-owned companies 
    received only approximately one percent of the $3 billion invested by 
    institutional venture capitalists in 1993. Citing a 1992 National 
    Women's Business Council report, AWRT further argues that even 
    successful women-owned companies did not overcome these financing 
    obstacles after they had reached a level of funding and profitability 
    adequate for most other businesses.\71\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \70\Pub. L. 100-533 (1988). In 1991, Congress enacted the 
    Women's Business Development Act of 1991 to further assist the 
    development of small businesses owned by women. See Pub. L. 102-191 
    (1991).
        \71\See Letter of AWRT to the Honorable Kweisi Mfume, Chairman, 
    House Minority Enterprise Subcommittee, June 1, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        102. A study prepared in 1993 by the National Foundation for Women 
    Business Owners (NFWBO) further illustrates the barriers faced by 
    women-owned businesses. For example, it finds that women-owned firms 
    are 22 percent more likely to report problems dealing with their banks 
    than are businesses at large. In addition, the NFWBO study finds that 
    the largest single type of short-term financing used by women business 
    owners is credit cards and that over half of women-owned firms use 
    credit cards for such purposes, as compared to 18 percent of all small 
    to medium-sized businesses, which generally use bank loans and vendor 
    credit for short-term credit needs. With regard to long-term financing, 
    the study states that a greater proportion of women-owned firms are 
    turning, or are forced to turn, to private sources, and to a wider 
    variety of sources, to fulfill their needs. Based on these findings, 
    the NFWBO study concludes that removal of financial barriers would 
    encourage stronger growth among women-owned businesses, resulting in 
    much greater growth throughout the economy.\72\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \72\See The National Foundation for Women Business Owners, 
    Financing the Business, A Report on Financial Issues from the 1992 
    Biennial Membership Survey of Women Business Owners, October 1993.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        103. If we are to meet the congressional goals of promoting 
    economic opportunity and competition by disseminating licenses among a 
    wide variety of providers, we must find ways to counteract these 
    barriers to entry. Over the years, both Congress and the Commission 
    have tried various methods to enhance access to the broadcast and cable 
    industries by minorities and women. For example, in the late 1960s, the 
    FCC began to promote nondiscriminatory employment policies by broadcast 
    licensees. These equal employment opportunity efforts have taken the 
    form of Commission rules and policies that require licensees not to 
    discriminate, to report hiring and promotion statistics, and to 
    implement affirmative action programs.\73\ The Commission also has 
    adopted similar equal employment rules for licensees in the common 
    carrier, public mobile, and international fixed public radio 
    communication services,\74\ as well for cable operators.\75\ The cable 
    EEO rules were recently revised as part of the implementation of the 
    Cable Act of 1992, and they now apply to cable entities, satellite 
    master antenna television operators serving 50 or more subscribers and 
    any multichannel video programming distributor.\76\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \73\47 CFR Sec. 73.2080 (broadcasters must ``establish, 
    maintain, and carry out a positive continuing program of specific 
    practices designed to ensure equal opportunity in every aspect of 
    the station's employment policy and practice'').
        \74\47 CFR Secs. 21.307, 22.307, 23.55.
        \75\47 CFR Secs. 76.71-76.79.
        \76\See 47 U.S.C. Sec. 554. In addition, the Commission has 
    proposed adopting EEO requirements for all CMRS licensees, including 
    PCS licensees. Regulatory Treatment of Mobile Services, Further 
    Notice of Proposed Rule Making, GN Docket 93-252, FCC 94-100, 59 FR 
    28042, May 31, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        104. A decade after it first addressed discriminatory hiring 
    practices, the Commission began to look into the serious 
    underrepresentation of minorities among owners of broadcast stations. 
    Recognizing that it could play an important role in alleviating this 
    problem through the licensing process, the Commission adopted its tax 
    certificate and distress sale policies in 1978 to encourage minority 
    ownership of broadcast facilities.\77\ It noted that full minority 
    participation in the ownership and management of broadcast facilities 
    would result in a more diverse selection of programming and would 
    inevitably enhance the diversity of control of a valuable resource, the 
    electromagnetic spectrum.\78\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \77\See Commission Policy Regarding the Advancement of Minority 
    Ownership in Broadcasting, 92 FCC 2d 849 (1982) (1982 Policy 
    Statement); see also Statement of Policy on Minority Ownership of 
    Broadcasting Facilities, 68 FCC 2d 979 (1978) (1978 Policy 
    Statement).
        \78\Because of the role of cable television systems in 
    retransmitting broadcast signals, the Commission has also issued tax 
    certificates in connection with sales of cable systems. See 
    Statement of Policy on Minority Ownership of CATV Systems, FCC 82-
    524, released December 22, 1982.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        105. In implementing these ownership policies, the Commission 
    identified lack of access to capital as one of the principal barriers 
    to minority entry. Thus, in 1981, the Commission created the Advisory 
    Committee on Alternative Financing for Minority Opportunities in 
    Telecommunications (the ``Rivera Committee'') to investigate financing 
    methods and to give recommendations to the FCC on ways to encourage 
    minority ownership of telecommunications facilities.\79\ The Rivera 
    Committee confirmed that the shortage of capital is a principal problem 
    facing minorities seeking ownership opportunities and further found 
    that this shortage was due to minority inexperience in obtaining 
    financial institution misconceptions about potential minority 
    borrowers, and marketplace structural problems, such as high interest 
    rates and low broadcast industry earnings growth. Among other things, 
    the Rivera Committee suggested educational and outreach programs and 
    expanding the tax certificate program to nonbroadcast properties such 
    as common carrier and land mobile. In response to this recommendation, 
    the FCC submitted draft legislation to Congress proposing to broaden 
    the scope of the Commission's authority to issue tax certificates in 
    connection with the sale or exchange of any type of telecommunications 
    facilities.\80\ On March 24, 1983, The Minority Telecommunications 
    Ownership Tax Act of 1983, H.R. 2331, which incorporated the 
    Commission's proposals, was introduced in the House of 
    Representatives.\81\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \79\Strategies for Advancing Minority Ownership Opportunities in 
    Telecommunications, The Final Report of the Advisory Committee on 
    Alternative Financing for Minority Opportunities in 
    Telecommunications to the Federal Communications Commission, May 
    1982 (Rivera Committee Report).
        \80\See Federal Communications Draft Legislation Revising 
    Section 1071 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (January 17, 
    1983).
        \81\The Minority Telecommunications Ownership Tax Act of 1983, 
    H.R. 2331, 98th Congress, 1st Sess., March 24, 1983.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        106. Congress also took steps to address the problem of minority 
    underrepresentation in communications. In 1982, it mandated the grant 
    of a ``significant preference'' to minority applicants participating in 
    lotteries for spectrum-based services. 47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(i)(3)(A). 
    And, in 1988 and each fiscal year thereafter, Congress attached a 
    provision to the FCC appropriations legislation, which precluded the 
    Commission from spending any appropriated funds to examine or change 
    its minority broadcast preference policies.\82\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \82\See Continuing Appropriations Act for Fiscal Year 1988, Pub. 
    L. 100-102, 101 Stat. 1329-31; Departments of Commerce, Justice, and 
    State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act of 
    1994, Pub. L. 103-121, 107 Stat. 1167.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        107. These efforts have met with limited success. The record shows 
    that women and minorities have not gained substantial ownership 
    representation in either the broadcast or non-broadcast 
    telecommunications industries. For example, a 1993 report conducted by 
    the National Telecommunications and Information Administration's (NTIA) 
    Minority Telecommunications Development Program shows that, as of 
    August 1993, only 2.7 percent of commercial broadcast stations were 
    owned by minorities. Another study commissioned by the Commerce 
    Department's Minority Business Development Agency in 1991 found that 
    only one half of one percent of the telecommunications firms in the 
    country were minority owned. The study also identified only 15 minority 
    cable operators and 11 minority firms engaged in the delivery of 
    cellular, specialized mobile radio, radio paging or messaging services 
    in the United States.\83\ And, according to the last available U.S. 
    Census, only 24 percent of the communications firms in the country were 
    owned by women, and these women-owned firms generated only 
    approximately 8.7 percent of the revenues earned by communications 
    companies.\84\ When companies without paid employees are removed from 
    the equation, firms with women owners represent only 14.5 percent of 
    the communications companies in the country.\85\ One result of these 
    low numbers is that there are very few minority or women-owned 
    businesses that bring experience or infrastructure to PCS. They thus 
    face an additional barrier relative to many existing service providers.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \83\See Testimony of Larry Irving, Assistant Secretary for 
    Communications and Information, U.S. Department of Commerce, before 
    the House Minority Enterprise Subcommittee, May 20, 1994. In his 
    testimony at this same hearing, FCC Chairman Reed Hundt cited some 
    of these statistics and noted that in light of this serious 
    underrepresentation, there remains ``a fundamental obligation for 
    both Congress and the FCC to examine new and creative ways to ensure 
    minority opportunity.'' Testimony of Reed E. Hundt, Chairman, 
    Federal Communications Commission, before the House Minority 
    Enterprise Subcommittee, May 20, 1994.
        \84\See Women-Owned Businesses, 1987 Economic Censuses, U.S. 
    Department of Commerce, issued August 1990, at 7, 147. The census 
    data includes partnerships, and subchapter S corporations. We have 
    no statistics regarding women representation among owners of larger 
    communications companies.
        \85\Id.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        108. Small businesses also have not become major participants in 
    the telecommunications industry. For instance, one commenter asserts 
    that ten large companies--six Regional Bell Operating Companies 
    (RBOCs), AirTouch (formerly owned by Pacific Telesis), McCaw, GTE and 
    Sprint--control nearly 86 percent of the cellular industry. This 
    commenter further contends that nine of these ten companies control 95 
    percent of the cellular licenses and population in the 50 BTAs that 
    have one million or more people.\86\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \86\Ex parte filing of DCR Communications, May 31, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        109. Congress directed the Commission to ensure that, together with 
    other designated entities, rural telephone companies have the 
    opportunity to participate in the provision of PCS. Rural areas, 
    because of their more dispersed populations, tend to be less profitable 
    to serve than more densely populated urban areas. Therefore, service to 
    these areas may not be a priority for many PCS licensees. Rural 
    telephone companies, however, are well positioned because of their 
    existing infrastructure to serve these areas profitably. We, therefore, 
    have adopted special provisions to encourage their participation, 
    increasing the likelihood of rapid introduction of service to rural 
    areas.
        110. In the new auction law, Congress directed the Commission to 
    remedy this serious imbalance in the participation by certain groups, 
    especially minorities and women. The record indicates that, in the 
    absence of meaningful efforts to assist designated entities, there 
    would be good reason to think that participation by these groups, 
    particularly businesses owned by women and minorities, would continue 
    to be severely limited. Indeed, the auction law itself envisions a 
    process that requires payment of funds to acquire an initial license, 
    unlike existing licensing methods such as comparative hearings or 
    lotteries. It is therefore possible that participation by those with 
    limited access to capital could be further diminished by operation of 
    the statute, absent affirmative provisions to create competitive 
    opportunity for designated entities. The measures we adopt in this 
    Fifth Report and Order thus will carry out Congress's directive to 
    provide meaningful opportunities for small entities, rural telephone 
    companies, and businesses owned by women and minorities to provide 
    broadband PCS services. The rules also are expressly designed to 
    address the funding problems that face these groups and that are their 
    principal barriers to entry.
        111. We also intend that designated entities who win licenses have 
    the opportunity to become strong competitors in this service. While the 
    new broadband PCS service presents tremendous opportunities for 
    designated entities to participate in the provision of the next 
    generation of innovative wireless mobile telecommunications services, 
    it is expected to be a highly competitive service, and the estimated 
    costs of acquiring a license and constructing facilities are 
    substantial. In the Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order, which was 
    adopted June 9, 1994, we took specific steps to assist designated 
    entities to become viable competitors in the provision of broadband 
    PCS. For example, we modified the PCS spectrum allocation plan by 
    shifting all channels blocks to a contiguous lower segment of the 
    ``emerging technologies band'' in part to bolster the ability of 
    designated entities to obtain more competitively viable licenses. In 
    addition, we relaxed some of the ownership and attribution rules with 
    respect to cellular operators' participation in PCS to foster 
    investment in designated entity ventures,\87\ and we also relaxed the 
    PCS/cellular cross-ownership rule for designated entities with cellular 
    holdings to allow them to further expand their opportunities in 
    broadband PCS.\88\ Further, we took steps that will result in lower 
    capital costs for designated entities that obtain PCS licenses, 
    including adoption of a band plan that will reduce the costs of 
    clearing the PCS spectrum of incumbent microwave users as well as 
    relaxing the construction requirements.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \87\Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order at 127.
        \88\Id. at 125.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        112. The measures we establish today to encourage the entry of 
    designated entities also are designed to promote strong, long-term bona 
    fide competitors. For example, we have revised the definition of a 
    small business set forth in the Second Report and Order to include 
    entities with up to $40 million in gross revenues, and we will allow 
    these small businesses to pool their resources and form consortia to 
    bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks. We also adopt rules that allow 
    entrepreneurial businesses, small businesses, and businesses owned by 
    women and minorities to raise capital by attracting passive equity 
    investors. At the same time, we have designed these rules to ensure 
    that the special provisions adopted for such businesses accrue to the 
    intended beneficiaries.
    
    B. Summary of Special Provisions for Designated Entities
    
        113. As discussed more fully below, many commenters in this 
    proceeding believe that the inability of designated entities to obtain 
    adequate funding has a profoundly adverse effect on the potential for 
    these businesses to bid successfully in auctions against very large, 
    established businesses. Therefore, we take a number of steps in this 
    Order to help address this imbalance.
         We establish two ``entrepreneurs' blocks'' (frequency 
    blocks C and F) in which large companies (those with $125 million or 
    more in annual gross revenues or $500 million or more in total assets) 
    will be prohibited from bidding.
         Bidding credits will be granted both to small businesses 
    and to businesses owned by women and minorities in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks to provide them with a better opportunity to compete 
    successfully in broadband PCS auctions.
         Certain winning bidders in frequency blocks C and F will 
    be permitted to pay the license price in installments, and the interest 
    rate and moratorium on principal payments will be adjusted to assist 
    small businesses and women and minority-owned businesses.
         We adopt a tax certificate program for minority and women-
    owned businesses, which will provide additional assistance in their 
    efforts to attract equity investors.
         Rural telephone companies will be allowed to obtain 
    broadband PCS licenses that are geographically partitioned from larger 
    PCS service areas to provide them more flexibility to serve rural 
    subscribers.\89\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \89\In a Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making in this docket, 
    we will seek comment on whether a partitioning option for small 
    businesses or businesses owned by women or minorities, as suggested 
    by some of the commenters, may be appropriate. In that Further 
    Notice, we also will seek comment or whether the Commission should 
    impose a restriction on the assignment or transfer of control of 
    partitioned licenses by rural telephone companies or other 
    designated entities for some period of time.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
         Bidders in the entrepreneurs' blocks will be required to 
    pay an upfront payment of only $0.015 per MHz per pop, in contrast to 
    the $0.02 per MHz per pop required in the other blocks.
        114. The following chart highlights the major provisions adopted 
    for businesses bidding in the entrepreneurs' blocks.\90\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \90\This table is not comprehensive and therefore it does not 
    present all the provisions established for designated entities, 
    especially those available outside the entrepreneurs' blocks.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Bidding                                                             
                                                credits              Installment payments           Tax certificates
                                               (percent)                                              for investors 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Entrepreneurial Businesses ($40 MM-$125             0  Interest only for 1 year; rate equal to  No.             
     MM in revenue and less than $500 MM in                 10-year Treasury note plus 2.5%; (for                   
     total assets).                                         businesses with revenues greater than                   
                                                            $75 MM, available only in top 50                        
                                                            markets).                                               
    Small Businesses (less than $40 MM                 10  Interest only for 2 years; rate equal    No.             
     revenues).                                             to 10-year Treasury note plus 2.5%.                     
    Businesses Owned by Minorities and/or              15  Interest only for 3 years; rate equal    Yes.            
     Women ($40 MM-$125 MM in revenues).                    to 10-year Treasury note.                               
    Small Businesses Owned by Minorities and/          25  Interest only for 5 years; rate equal    Yes.            
     or Women (less than $40 MM revenues).                  to 10-year Treasury note.                               
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    C. Summary of Eligibility Requirements and Definitions
    
    1. Entrepreneurs' Blocks and Small Business Eligibility
        115. The following points summarize the principal rules regarding 
    eligibility to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks and to qualify as a 
    small business. In addition, they summarize the attribution rules we 
    will use to assess whether an applicant satisfies the various financial 
    thresholds. More precise details are discussed in the subsections that 
    follow.
    
    Financial Caps
    
         Entrepreneurs' Blocks: To bid in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks, the applicant, including attributable investors and affiliates, 
    must cumulatively have less than $125 million in gross revenues and 
    less than $500 million in total assets. No individual attributable 
    investor or affiliate may have $100 million or more in personal net 
    worth.
         Small Business: To qualify for special measures accorded a 
    small business, the applicant, including attributable investors and 
    affiliates, must cumulatively have less than $40 million in gross 
    revenues. No individual attributable investor or affiliate may have $40 
    million or more in personal net worth.
    
    Attribution Rules
    
         Control Group. The gross revenues, total assets and 
    personal net worth of certain investors are not considered so long as 
    the applicant has a `'control group'' consisting of one or more 
    individuals or entities that control the applicant, hold at least 25 
    percent of the equity and, for corporations, at least 50.1 percent of 
    the voting stock.
         The gross revenues, total assets and personal net worth of 
    each member of the control group are counted toward the financial caps.
         Other Investors. Where the applicant has a control group, 
    the gross revenues, total assets and personal net worth of any other 
    investor are not considered unless the investor holds 25 percent or 
    more of the applicant's passive equity (which, for corporations, 
    includes as much as 5 percent of the voting stock).
         Passive Equity. Passive equity is limited partnership or 
    non-voting stock interests or voting stock interests of 5 percent or 
    less of the issued and outstanding voting stock.
         Option for Minority or Woman-Owned Applicants. If the 
    control group (considering entirely of women and/or minorities) owns at 
    least 50.1 percent of the equity and, for corporations, at least 50.1 
    percent of the voting stock, then the gross revenues, total assets and 
    personal net worth of any other investor are not considered unless the 
    investor holds more than 49.9 percent of the applicant's passive equity 
    (which, for corporations, includes as much as 5 percent of the voting 
    stock).
         Affiliates. The gross revenues, assets and personal net 
    worth of outside interests held by the applicant (and the attributable 
    investors in the applicant) are counted toward the financial caps if 
    the applicant (or the attributable investors in the applicant) control 
    or have power to control the outside interests or if the applicant (or 
    the attributable investors in the applicant) is under the control of 
    the outside interests. The financial interests of spouses are also 
    attributed to each other.
    2. Definition of Women and/or Minority-Owned Business
        116. The points below summarize the two structural options 
    available to firms that wish to qualify for the special provisions 
    adopted for businesses owned by minorities and women. These options 
    will be discussed in more detail in the text that follows.
    
    50.1% Equity Option
    
        If women and/or minority principals control the applicant and own 
    at least:
         50.1 percent of the equity
         and 50.1 percent of the voting stock, in the case of 
    corporations
         Then any other investor may hold:
         not more than 49.9 percent of the passive equity (which, 
    for corporations, includes as much as 5 percent of the voting stock).
    
    25% Equity Option
    
        If women and/or minority principals control the applicant and own 
    at least:
         25 percent of the equity
         and 50.1 percent of the voting stock, in the case of 
    corporations
         Then any other investor may hold:
         less than 25 percent of the passive equity (for 
    corporations, any other investor also may hold not more than 5 percent 
    of the voting stock).
        117. We also have imposed numerous strict requirements to deter 
    shams and fronts and to prevent abuse of the incentives for designated 
    entities. The Commission intends to enforce vigorously each of these 
    requirements. All licensees in the entrepreneurs' blocks are prohibited 
    from voluntarily assigning or transferring their licenses for three 
    years after grant of the application and for the next two years may 
    assign or transfer licenses only to other entities that satisfy the 
    financial criteria to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks. Furthermore, a 
    business that seeks to acquire a license from an entity paying in 
    installments during the license period will be required, as a condition 
    of the grant, to pay according to the installment payment terms for 
    which it qualifies, unless they are more favorable in which case the 
    existing terms apply. If the purchaser is not qualified for any 
    installment payment plan, we will require payment of the unpaid balance 
    in full before the sale will be approved. We also adopt rules to ensure 
    that the value of the bidding credit is returned to the government in 
    the event of a transfer of control or assignment of the license to an 
    entity not qualifying for bidding credits or not qualifying for as high 
    a bidding credit as the seller. In addition, we impose a one-year 
    holding period on licenses received through the benefit of a tax 
    certificate. We will also random audits to ensure that designated 
    entities de facto and de jure control. These steps and our eligibility 
    and affiliation rules will help to ensure that the measures we adopt 
    are utilized only by bona fide eligible entities and to deter winning 
    bidders seeking only to make a quick profit on the sale of PCS 
    licenses. Ultimately, we believe that we will best fulfill our 
    statutory mandate by creating powerful incentives for bona fide 
    designated entities to attract the capital necessary to compete both in 
    auctions for broadband PCS and in the provision of service, and be 
    requiring a strict holding period to ensure that the public receives 
    the benefit of this diverse ownership.
    
    D. The Entrepreneurs' Blocks
    
        118. As discussed above, because the auction process itself 
    requires additional expenditures of capital to acquire licenses, this 
    new licensing procedure in many respects holds the potential to erect 
    an additional barrier to entry that had not existed even under the 
    Act's previous licensing methods, comparative hearings and lotteries. 
    As reflected in the House Committee Report, Congress was well aware of 
    that possibility and wanted to ensure that competitive bidding should 
    not exclude smaller entities from obtaining licenses.\91\ The inability 
    of small businesses and businesses owned by women and minorities to 
    obtain adequate private financing creates a serious imbalance between 
    these companies and large businesses in their prospects for competing 
    successfully in broadband PCS auctions.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \91\See H.R. Rep. No. 103-111 at 255.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        119. In addition, commenters contend that, at the outset, a small 
    PCS business and a large local exchange carrier would value a license 
    very differently. DCR Communications, for example, argues that a local 
    telephone company would have much lower costs of construction and 
    operation through equipment volume discounts, existing billing, 
    accounting, order entry and processing, and customer service systems. 
    Furthermore, DCR contends, the telephone company might decide to use 
    its PCS system simply as an adjunct to a cellular system it owns in a 
    nearby market and market wireless handsets that operate in both 
    frequencies. DCR concludes that the telephone company could justify 
    paying the higher value for the license because it has more ready 
    access to capital.\92\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \92\Ex parte filing of DCR Communications, May 31, 1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        120. This concern is echoed by a number of commenters. NTIA agrees 
    that capital formation is a major barrier to full participation by 
    small and minority-owned firms, asserting that capital-constrained 
    firms are likely to assign lower values to PCS licenses than other 
    bidders and are therefore less likely to obtain licenses in an open 
    bidding market.\93\ Another party, Impulse Telecommunications 
    Corporation, states that ``giants'' can justify huge bids because they 
    have billions of dollars of capital as well as an existing 
    administrative, billing, operating and marketing infrastructure. In 
    addition, Impulse asserts that PCS licenses are likely to hold 
    strategic value for large long distance and local telephone companies, 
    for such purposes as critical wireless access.\94\ Similarly, Tri-State 
    Radio Company states that the allocation of substantial amounts of 
    spectrum to services such as broadband PCS has generated extensive 
    industry expectation and speculation. With the financial stakes so 
    high, Tri-State argues that designated entities will have little 
    ability to bid successfully against ``communications behemoths with 
    almost unlimited financial resources.''\95\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \93\NTIA Comments at 26.
        \94\Ex parte filing of Impulse Telecommunications Corporation, 
    May 27, 1994.
        \95\Tri-State Comments at 11. See also comments of NAMTEC 
    (designated entities should not have to compete against ``more 
    entrenched parties''), National Rural Telecom Association (the only 
    way small entities can have real opportunity is if they do not have 
    to bid against ``extremely `deep pocket' applicants''), The Small 
    Business PCS Association (it will not be possible for designated 
    entities ``to compete in an auction against some of the largest 
    companies and wealthiest individuals in the United States''), JMP 
    (without preferences for designated entities, large 
    telecommunications firms will ``monopolize'' the auctions), Minority 
    PCS Coalition at 6, Telephone Association of Michigan at 9-10, Iowa 
    Network at 9, AWRT at 8, Telephone Electronics at 7-8, Sloan at 2.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        121. We agree that small entities stand little chance of acquiring 
    licenses in these broadband auctions if required to bid against 
    existing large companies, particularly large telephone, cellular and 
    cable television companies. If one or more of these big firms targets a 
    market for strategic reasons, there is almost no likelihood that it 
    could be outbid by a small business. In the Notice, we proposed that 
    one means to address such problems would be to set aside specific 
    spectrum blocks in broadband PCS that would be reserved for bidding 
    purposes to the designated entities.\96\ In this Order, we have decided 
    to adopt a modification of this proposal, which should greatly enhance 
    the ability of all designated entities to enter auctions and bid 
    successfully for broadband PCS licenses. Specifically, we establish two 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, C and F, in which eligibility to bid is limited 
    to entities that, together with their affiliates and certain investors, 
    have gross revenues of less than $125 million in each of the last two 
    years and total assets of less than $500 million. In addition, we will 
    prohibit an applicant from bidding in these blocks if any one 
    individual investor in the applicant has $100 million or greater in 
    personal net worth. Together with a reduced upfront payment 
    requirement, we believe this proposal will encourage smaller entities 
    to enter the auctions for broadband PCS licenses and will ensure that 
    ``entrepreneurial'' businesses are granted nearly half of all the 
    broadband PCS licenses being auctioned.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \96\Notice at 121.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        122. NTIA strongly supports this measure, arguing that it ``would 
    be the most direct mechanism for preserving opportunities for small 
    companies in an auction environment.'' According to NTIA, reserving two 
    entrepreneurs' blocks helps significantly in satisfying the 
    congressional directive that competitive bidding not result in an 
    increase in concentration in the telecommunications industries.\97\ 
    Similarly, Columbia PCS contends that establishment of entrepreneurs' 
    blocks ``provides a good balance between Congress's clear mandate to 
    provide opportunities for designated entities and avoid undue 
    concentration of PCS licenses on the one hand with the goal of 
    capturing the value of allocated spectrum for the American public on 
    the other.''\98\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \97\Ex parte filing of NTIA, June 21, 1994.
        \98\Ex parte filing of Columbia PCS, June 2, 1994. Columbia PCS 
    further states that this measure would spur investment in designated 
    entities and increase their ability to compete against one another 
    and others. Id.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        123. The $125 million gross revenue/$500 million asset caps have 
    the effect of excluding the large companies that would easily be able 
    to outbid designated entities and frustrate Congress's goal of 
    disseminating licenses among a diversity of licensees. At the same 
    time, this restriction does not exclude many firms that, while not 
    large in comparison with other telecommunications companies, 
    nevertheless are likely to have the financial ability to provide 
    sustained competition for the PCS licensees on the MTA blocks. For 
    example, the $125 million gross revenue figure corresponds roughly to 
    the Commission's definition of a Tier 2, or medium-sized, local 
    exchange carrier,\99\ and would include virtually all of the 
    independently owned rural telephone companies. Limiting the personal 
    net worth of any individual investor or affiliate of the applicant to 
    $100 million will prevent a very wealthy individual from leveraging his 
    or her personal assets to allow the applicant to circumvent the size 
    limitations of the entrepreneurs' blocks.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \99\Local exchange carriers are categorized as Tier 1 and Tier 2 
    companies by applying the criterion that Sections 32.11(a) and 
    32.11(e) of the Commission's Rules use to distinguish Class A and 
    Class B companies, respectively. Class A companies are those 
    companies having annual revenues from regulated telecommunications 
    operations of $100 million or more; Class B companies are those 
    companies having annual revenues from regulated telecommunications 
    operations of less than $100 million. The initial classification of 
    a company is determined by its lowest annual operating revenues for 
    the five immediately preceding years. A company's classification is 
    changed when its annual operating revenue exceeds or is under the 
    $100 million mark in each of five consecutive years. The Commission 
    imposes more relaxed regulatory requirements on Tier 2 LECs than on 
    Tier 1 LECs. See Automated Reporting Requirements for Certain Class 
    A and Tier 1 Telephone Companies, 2 FCC Rcd 5770, 5772, 52 FR 35918, 
    Sept. 24, 1987; Commission Requirements for Cost Support Material to 
    be Filed with 1994 Annual Access Tariffs and for Other Cost Support 
    Material, 9 FCC Rcd 1060 n. 3 (Comm. Carr. Bur. 1994); Commission 
    Requirements for Cost Support Material to be Filed with Access 
    Tariffs on March 1, 1985, Public Notice, Mimeo No. 2133 (Comm. Carr. 
    Bur. released Jan. 25, 1985).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        124. As noted previously, many commenters asked us to reserve 
    spectrum blocks for bidding only by designated entities. The 
    entrepreneurs' blocks plan adopted herein is similar in concept to the 
    set-aside proposals set forth by the commenters. Therefore, in 
    determining which of the blocks in each market should constitute the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, we paid close attention to the concerns of those 
    who had advocated set-asides in the first instance. Although the 
    broadband PCS band plan has changed since the Commission first proposed 
    set-asides in the Notice and parties first submitted their proposals in 
    this docket, the general concerns of these parties about the amount of 
    spectrum and geographic territory necessary to compete effectively 
    remain pertinent. Moreover, we adopted the revised broadband PCS band 
    plan in advance of this Order, which afforded interested parties the 
    opportunity to make additional presentations on designated entity 
    incentives in light of the new band plan.
        125. A number of commenters approved of the Notice's proposal to 
    set aside one 20 MHz BTA block and one 10 MHz BTA block. The Small 
    Business PCS Association asserted, moreover, that implementation of the 
    set-aside proposal would offer ``a major opportunity'' for small 
    businesses, that a 20 MHz block is ``probably ideal'' for development 
    by small entrepreneurs, and that even a 10 MHz block could sustain a 
    viable PCS System.\100\ Telepoint makes similar assertions.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \100\The Small Business PCS Association stated that a small 
    business operating in a single BTA service region could effectively 
    compete with large companies operating in larger service areas. This 
    is so, it contended, mainly because PCS providers with large service 
    areas would not realize such great economies of scale as many have 
    supposed and because small firms could counter such advantages by 
    forming buying cooperatives. Comments of Small Business PCS 
    Association at 2-3.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        126. A considerable number of commenters, however, contended that 
    the Commission's proposal to set aside a 20 MHz block and a 10 MHz 
    block would be inadequate. Telephone Electronics and AWCC asserted, for 
    instance, that a provider operating with only a 10 MHz or 20 MHz 
    license could not offer a full range of PCS services with quality 
    equivalent to the like offerings of a provider operating with a 20 MHz 
    license. Unique and AWCC thus argued that PCS licensees in the set-
    aside spectrum would consequently be unable to obtain commercial 
    funding on terms as favorable to those available to operators with 30 
    MHz licenses. Independent Cellular Network maintained that the 
    competitive disadvantages of the proposed set-aside channels, due to 
    their lesser bandwidth, could not be obviated through aggregation, 
    because of the greater transaction costs that would be incurred above 
    those associated with acquisition of a single 30 MHz license.
        127. We believe that designating frequency blocks C and F as 
    entrepreneurs' blocks meets the concerns of most of the designated 
    entity commenters. Frequency block C provides 30 MHz of spectrum and, 
    thus, satisfies the concerns of those parties who believe they must 
    have this amount of bandwidth to compete effectively. The MHz block F 
    license, on the other hand, fulfills the needs of other designated 
    entities who argued in favor of small blocks. Moreover, since the C and 
    F blocks are adjacent, they can be aggregated efficiently by one or 
    more licensees. This plan also makes available to eligible bidders in 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks 986 licenses, or slightly under 50 percent of 
    all broadband PCS licenses. Finally, it does not foreclose 
    opportunities for other parties. Bidders ineligible for the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks will have the opportunity to bid on 99 30 MHz MTA 
    licenses throughout the country, as well as 986 10 MHz BTA licenses 
    nationwide.
        128. Five-Year Holding and Limited Transfer Period. In establishing 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks, we recognize the congressionally mandated 
    objective will not be served if parties take advantage of bidding in 
    these blocks and immediately assign or transfer control of the 
    authorizations to other entities. Such a practice could unjustly enrich 
    the auction winners and would undermine the congressional goal of 
    giving designated entities the opportunity to provide spectrum-based 
    services. Therefore, we will prohibit licensees in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks from voluntarily assigning or transferring control of their 
    licenses for a period of three years from the date of the license 
    grant.\101\ And, for the next two years of the license term, we will 
    permit the licensee to assign or transfer control of its authorization 
    only to an entity that satisfies the entrepreneurs' blocks entry 
    criteria.\102\ During this five-year period, licensees will continue to 
    be bound by the financial eligibility requirements, as set forth 
    below.\103\ In addition, a transferee or assignee who receives a C or F 
    block license during the five-year period will remain subject to the 
    transfer restrictions for the balance of the holding period.\104\ The 
    Commission will conduct random pre and post-auction audits to ensure 
    that applicants receiving preferences are in compliance with the FCC's 
    rules.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \101\We will consider exceptions to this three-year holding 
    period rule on a case-by-case basis in the event of a judicial order 
    decreeing bankruptcy or a judicial foreclosure if the licensee 
    proposes to assign or transfer its authorization to an entity that 
    meets the financial thresholds for bidding in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks. In addition, we note that a transfer is considered 
    ``involuntary'' if it is made pursuant to a court decree requiring 
    the sale or transfer of the licensee's stock or assets. Paramount 
    Pictures, Inc., 43 FCC 453 (1949); C.f. William Penn Broadcasting, 
    16 FCC 2d 1050 (1969).
        \102\We note that a licensee assigning its authorization 
    pursuant to this limited transfer period might be subject to the 
    repayment provisions associated with installment payments and 
    bidding credits. See infra 134, 141. We also clarify that rural 
    telephone companies receiving partitioned licenses in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks are subject to this five-year holding and 
    limited transfer period.
        \103\See infra 156-168. In addition, for purposes of the 
    installment payment and bidding credit provisions set forth below, 
    licensees will continue to be bound by the financial eligibility 
    requirements throughout the term of the license.
        \104\For example, if a C-block authorization is assigned to an 
    eligible business in year four of the license term, it will be 
    required to hold that license until the original five-year period 
    expires, subject to the same exceptions that applied to the original 
    licensee.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        129. Our goals are to create significant opportunities for 
    entrepreneurs, small businesses, and businesses owned by minorities and 
    women to compete in auctions for licenses and attract sufficient 
    capital to build-out those licenses and provide service. We recognize 
    the critical need to attract capital, which requires flexibility. We 
    are very concerned, however, that such flexibility not undermine our 
    more fundamental objective, which is to ensure that designated entities 
    retain de facto and de jure control of their companies at all times. We 
    believe that the five-year holding and limited transfer period, which 
    we have adopted in this Order, will help to promote this objective. 
    Some question remains, however, as to whether a longer holding period 
    (e.g., seven years) would more fully meet this goal.
    
    E. Bidding Credits
    
        130. In the Notice, we indicated that we might use spectrum set-
    asides for designated entities in the broadband PCS service but did not 
    expressly propose to use bidding credits. For two other services, IVDS 
    and narrowband PCS, however, we did conclude recently that the use of 
    bidding credits in auctions would be an effective tool to ensure that 
    women and minority-owned businesses have opportunities to participate 
    in the provision of those services.\105\ On further reflection, and 
    based on the many comments in the record favoring this approach, we 
    believe that bidding credits are necessary to ensure that women and 
    minority-owned businesses and small businesses participate in broadband 
    PCS. Accordingly, we adopt a bidding credit plan for winning bidders in 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks that gives small businesses a 10 percent 
    credit, women and minority-owned businesses a 15 percent credit, and 
    small businesses owned by women and minorities an aggregate credit of 
    25 percent.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \105\See Third Report and Order, FCC 94-98, 59 FR 26741, May 24, 
    1994; Fourth Report and Order, 9 FCC Rcd 2330, 59 FR 24947, May 13, 
    1994.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        131. At the outset, we note that we are confining the bidding 
    credit option to the entrepreneurs' blocks because, given the extremely 
    capital intensive nature of broadband PCS, we do not think bidding 
    credits in an uninsulated block would have a meaningful effect.\106\ 
    Indeed, in ex parte presentations to the Commission, many commenters 
    have indicated that, without spectrum set-asides for broadband PCS, 
    bidding credits would not be sufficient to assist designated entities 
    in outbidding very large entities who are likely to bid for licenses in 
    this service. DCR Communications states, for example, that all of the 
    existing large telecommunications carriers can justify must larger 
    payments for licenses than could an individual entrepreneur, regardless 
    of a bidder's credit. Therefore, it believes no entrepreneur will win a 
    bid for any PCS market that is desirable to any of the large 
    companies.\107\ Many other commenters echo this concern.\108\ Some 
    state that, if bidding credits alone are used, extraordinarily large 
    credits, even on the order of 50 percent or more, would be 
    ineffective.\109\ As described above, in order to afford designated 
    entities a realistic opportunity to obtain licenses in the broadband 
    PCS service, we have taken measures to exclude very large businesses 
    from bidding for licenses in the C and F blocks. These measures will 
    enhance the value of the bidding credits for small businesses and 
    businesses owned by minorities and women. In this context, we believe 
    that bidding credits will have a significant effect on the ability of 
    small businesses and businesses owned by women and minorities to 
    participate successfully in auctions for licenses in these blocks.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \106\We also are concerned that allowing bidding credits in the 
    MTA blocks would increase substantially the incentive for businesses 
    to engage in shams and fronts.
        \107\Ex parte filing of DCR, May 31, 1994, at 4-5.
        \108\See ex parte filings of DigiVox Corporation, May 31, 1994, 
    at 3 (the use of bidding credits to the exclusion of frequency set-
    asides will not fulfill the objectives of Section 309(j)), 
    Communications International Wireless Corp., May 27, 1994, at 1 
    (bidding credits alone cannot level the playing field between 
    designated entities and members of the Fortune 100 companies), CWCC, 
    May 27, 1994, at 2 (bidding credits alone cannot level the playing 
    field for designated entities).
        \109\Ex parte filings of AWCC, May 26, 1994 at 2, Columbia PCS, 
    June 2, 1994 at 2.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        132. As explained above, the capital access problems faced by small 
    firms and women and minority-owned firms make special provisions like 
    bidding credits appropriate for these designated entities in broadband 
    PCS.\110\ In effect, the bidding credit will function as a discount on 
    the bid price a firm will actually have to pay to obtain a license and, 
    thus, will address directly the financing obstacles encountered by 
    these entities. Moreover, as noted previously, women and minorities 
    face discrimination in lending and other barriers to entry not 
    encountered by other firms, including other designated entities. 
    Therefore, as one of the measures designed to counter these increased 
    capital formation difficulties, we will provide them with a slightly 
    higher bidding credit than that granted to small businesses. Thus, 
    women and minorities will receive a 15 percent payment discount that is 
    applied against the amounts they bid on licenses. Absent such measures 
    targeted specifically to women and minorities, it would be virtually 
    impossible to assure that these groups achieve any meaningful measure 
    of opportunity for actual participation in the provision of broadband 
    PCS. Similarly, it is reasonable to assume that small firms owned by 
    women and minorities suffer the problems endemic to both groups and 
    that a cumulative bidding credit of 25 percent is therefore 
    appropriate. We believe that these measures will help women and 
    minorities to attract the capital necessary for obtaining a license and 
    constructing and operating a broadband PCS system, consistent with the 
    intent of Congress.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \110\Although we did not grant bidding credits to small 
    businesses in the narrowband PCS or IVDS services, we believe that, 
    given the exponentially greater expense likely to be incurred in 
    acquiring broadband PCS licenses and construct the systems, bidding 
    credits are a proper means to ensure that these firms have the 
    opportunity to participate in this service. We note that for 
    narrowband PCS and IVDS, the cost of license acquisition and 
    implementation of service is anticipated to be considerably more 
    modest.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        133. The definition of a minority or women-owned firm and of a 
    small business are set forth below.\111\ To receive a 10 percent 
    bidding credit, a small business must satisfy a gross revenue test. As 
    explained more fully below in the small business definition section, a 
    consortium consisting entirely of small businesses also is eligible for 
    a 10 percent bidding credit even if the combined gross revenues of the 
    consortium exceed the small business gross revenues threshold. In 
    addition, a small business that is owned by women and minorities must 
    satisfy the definition of a business owned by minorities and women as 
    well as the small business definition to receive a 25 percent bidding 
    credit. Finally, a consortium of small firms owned by women and/or 
    minorities is eligible for a 25 percent bidding credit, provided that 
    each member of the consortium meets the definition of a small business 
    and a minority and/or women-owned firm.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \111\See infra  172-192.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        134. Unjust Enrichment Applicable to Bidding Credits. To ensure 
    that bidding credits benefit the parties to whom they are directed, we 
    adopt strict repayment penalties. If, within the original term, a 
    licensee applies to assign or transfer control of a license to an 
    entity that is not eligible for as a high a level of bidding credit, 
    then the difference between the bidding credit obtained by the 
    assigning party and the bidding credit for which the acquiring party 
    would qualify must be paid to the U.S. Treasury as a condition of 
    approval of the transfer. For example, an assignment of a license from 
    a small minority-owned firm to a women-owned firm with revenues greater 
    than $40 million would require repayment of 10 percent of the original 
    bid price (25 percent less 15 percent) to the Treasury. A sale to an 
    entity that would not qualify for bidding credits will entail full 
    payment of the bidding credit as a condition of transfer. Small 
    businesses also will be bound by the financial eligibility rules during 
    the entire license term as set forth below. Thus, if after licensing an 
    investor purchases an ``attributable'' interest in the business and, as 
    a result, the gross revenues of the firm exceed the $40 million small 
    business cap, this repayment provision will apply.\112\ These repayment 
    provisions apply throughout the original term of the license to help 
    promote the long-term holding of licenses by those parties receiving 
    bidding credits.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \112\See infra  158-168, for a discussion of which investor 
    interests are ``attributable'' for purposes of calculating the gross 
    revenues caps.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    F. Installment Payments
    
        135. A significant barrier for most businesses small enough to 
    qualify to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks will be access to adequate 
    private financing to ensure their ability to compete against larger 
    firms in the PCS marketplace.\113\ In the Second Report and Order, we 
    concluded that installment payments are an effective means to address 
    the inability of small businesses to obtain financing and will enable 
    these entities to compete more effectively for the auctioned spectrum. 
    We also determined that small businesses eligible for installment 
    payments would only be required to pay half of the down payment (10 
    percent of the winning bid, as opposed to 20 percent) five days after 
    the auction closes, with the remaining 10 percent payment deferred 
    until five days after grant of the license. Finally, we indicated that 
    installment payments should be made available to small businesses at an 
    interest rate equal to the rate for U.S. Treasury obligations. See 
    Second Report and Order at  236-240.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \113\See e.g., comments of SBA Chief Counsel of Advocacy at 6, 
    20-21. NTIA at 27; SBAC Report at 2 (September 15, 1993).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        136. In light of the expected substantial capital required to 
    acquire and construct broadband PCS licenses, we conclude that 
    installment payments are an appropriate measure for most businesses 
    that obtain broadband PCS licenses in the entrepreneurs' blocks. By 
    allowing payment in installments, the government is in effect extending 
    credit to licensees, thus reducing the amount of private financing 
    needed prior to and after the auction. Such low cost government 
    financing will promote long-term participation by these businesses, 
    which, because of their smaller size, lack access to sufficient capital 
    to compete effectively with larger PCS licensees. Under the rules we 
    adopt today, installment payments are available to small entities that 
    do not technically qualify as small businesses for purposes of other 
    measures we have adopted, such as bidding credits. We believe, however, 
    that, given the enormous costs of broadband PCS and the likelihood of 
    very large participants in the other blocks, this option is fully 
    consistent with the congressional intent in enacting Section 
    309(j)(4)(A) to avoid a competitive bidding program that has the effect 
    of favoring incumbent providers of other communications services, with 
    established revenue streams, over smaller entities.\114\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \114\See H.R. Rep. No. 103-111 at 255 (Commission has the 
    authority to design alternative payment schedules in order that the 
    auction process does not inadvertently favor only those with ``deep 
    pockets'' over new or small companies).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        137. Under the plan we adopt here, all licensees that satisfy the 
    gross revenues, total assets and personal net worth criteria to bid in 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks will be allowed to pay in installments for 
    licenses granted in those blocks in the 50 largest BTAs. In the smaller 
    BTAs, however, only businesses owned by women and minorities and those 
    licensees with less than $75 million in gross revenues will be able to 
    use installment payments.\115\ This distinction is based on the 
    expected lower costs to acquire licenses and construct systems in the 
    smaller BTAs. Thus, with the exception of companies owned by women or 
    minorities, which face additional problems accessing capital, we do not 
    think that a firm with gross revenues exceeding $75 million will 
    require government financing to be competitive in the small BTAs.\116\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \115\We will apply the same $500 million total assets and $100 
    million personal net worth standards for purposes of determining 
    eligibility for installment payments in all BTAs. The attribution 
    rules set forth with regard to eligibility to bid in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks also will apply in all BTAs. See infra  158-
    168.
        \116\We note that a consortium of small businesses is eligible 
    for installment payments in any market so long as each member of the 
    consortium satisfies the definition of a small business, as set 
    forth in Section VII.J.2, infra.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        138. The installment payment option will enable qualified 
    businesses to pay their winning bid over time. These businesses must 
    make the applicable upfront payment in full before the auction, but are 
    required to make a post-auction down payment equaling only ten percent 
    of their winning bids, half of which will be due five business days 
    after the auction closes. Payment of the other half of the down payment 
    will be deferred until five business days after the license is granted. 
    In general, the remaining 90 percent of the auction price will be paid 
    in installments with interest charges to be fixed at the time of 
    licensing at a rate equal to the rate for ten-year U.S. Treasury 
    obligations plus 2.5 percent. Under this general rule, only payments of 
    interest will be due for the first year with principal and interest 
    payments amortized over the remaining nine years of the license. Timely 
    payment of all installments will be a condition of the license grant 
    and failure to make sure timely payment will be grounds for revocation 
    of the license.\117\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \117\As described in the Second Report and Order, the Commission 
    may, on a case-by-case basis, permit a three to six month grace 
    period within which a licensee may seek a restructuring of the 
    payment plan.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        139. Enhanced Installment Payments. As explained previously, small 
    businesses and businesses owned by minorities and women face capital 
    access difficulties not encountered by other firms and, thus, require 
    special measures to ensure their opportunity to participate in 
    broadband PCS. Accordingly, we will provide an ``enhanced'' installment 
    payment plan for these entities. Pursuant to this enhanced installment 
    payment plan, small businesses (as defined below) who win licenses in 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks will be required to pay interest only for the 
    first two years of the license term at the same interest rate as set 
    forth in the general rule. Businesses owned by women and/or minorities 
    will be able to make interest-only payments for three years. Interest 
    will accrue at the Treasury note rate without the additional 2.5 
    percent.\118\ And, finally, businesses that are both small and owned by 
    women and/or minorities will be required to pay only interest for five 
    years. Interest will accrue at the Treasury note rate.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \118\To be eligible for these ``enhanced'' installment payments, 
    a firm must satisfy either of the two alternative definitions of a 
    woman or minority-owned business, as set forth in  181-192, infra, 
    as well as the applicable financial caps.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        140. These enhanced installment payments are narrowly tailored to 
    the needs of the various designated entities, as reflected in the 
    record in this proceeding. We believe that varying the moratorium on 
    principal in the early years of the loan and varying the interest rate 
    based on these needs will allow small businesses and companies owned by 
    women and/or minorities to bid higher in auctions, thereby increasing 
    their changes for obtaining licenses. In addition, it will allow them 
    to concentrate their resources on infrastructure build-out and, 
    therefore, it will increase the likelihood that they become viable PCS 
    competitors.
        141. Unjust Enrichment Applicable to Installment Payments. To 
    ensure that large businesses do not become the unintended beneficiaries 
    of measures meant for smaller firms, we will use the unjust enrichment 
    provisions adopted in the Second Report and Order applicable to 
    installment payments. Specifically, if a licensee that was awarded 
    installment payments seeks to assign or transfer control of its license 
    to an entity not meeting the applicable eligibility standards set out 
    above during the term of the license, we will require payment of the 
    remaining principal and any interest accrued through the date of 
    assignment as a condition of the license assignment or transfer. See 
    Second Report and Order at  263; 47 CFR 1.2111(c). Moreover, if an 
    entity seeks to assign or transfer control of a license to an entity 
    that does not qualify for as favorable an installment payment plan, the 
    installment payment plan, if any, for which the acquiring entity 
    qualifies will become effective immediately upon transfer. Thus, a 
    higher interest rate and earlier payment of principal may begin to be 
    applied. For example, a transfer of a license in the fourth year after 
    license grant from a small minority-owned firm to a small non-minority 
    owned firm would require that the firm begin principal payments and the 
    balance would begin accruing interest at a rate 2.5 percent above the 
    rate that had been in effect.\119\ Finally, if an investor subsequently 
    purchases an ``attributable'' interest in the businesses and, as a 
    result, the gross revenues or total assets of the business exceed the 
    applicable financial caps, this unjust enrichment provision will also 
    apply.\120\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \119\We recognize that because of the five-year holding and 
    limited transfer requirements in the entrepreneurs' blocks, these 
    unjust enrichment provisions have limited applicability during the 
    first five years of the license term. Nevertheless, there are some 
    situations in which licensees are permitted to assign or transfer 
    their licenses during this period and the provisions would then 
    apply if the buyer would not have been qualified for installment 
    payments or as favorable an installment payment plan. Furthermore, 
    the unjust enrichment provisions are applicable for the full ten-
    year license term.
        \120\See infra  158-168, for a discussion of which investor 
    interests are ``attributable'' for purposes of calculating the gross 
    revenues and total assets thresholds.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    G. Tax Certificates
    
        142. Congress instructed the Commission to consider the use of tax 
    certificates to help ensure designated entity participation in 
    spectrum-based services. See 47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(j)(4)(D). In the Second 
    Report and Order we observed that tax certificates could be useful as a 
    means of attracting investors to designated entity enterprises and to 
    encourage licensees to assign or transfer control of licenses to 
    designated entities in post-auction transactions. We stated further 
    that we would examine the feasibility of using this measure in 
    subsequent service-specific auction rules. Second Report and Order at  
    251.
        143. We believe that tax certificates, which allow the recipients 
    to defer capital gains taxes made on sales, are an appropriate tool to 
    assist women and minority-owned businesses to attract start-up capital 
    from non-controlling investors in broadband PCS. As explained above, 
    due to discrimination in private lending markets and other factors, 
    these designated entities face added obstacles in accessing capital. 
    Therefore, in order to ensure that such businesses have a meaningful 
    opportunity to participate in auctions, it is necessary to adopt 
    measures to encourage investment in minority and woman-owned companies. 
    Moreover, because of the severe underrepresentation of women and 
    minorities in telecommunications, we believe that it is appropriate to 
    give PCS licensees the incentive, through the grant of tax 
    certificates, to assign or transfer their authorizations to such 
    entities in post-auction sales. This measure will provide added 
    assurance that minority and women-owned entities have the opportunity 
    to participate in broadband PCS services, as mandated by Congress. 
    Accordingly, we will issue tax certificates to non-controlling initial 
    investors in minority and women-owned broadband PCS applicants (in any 
    frequency block), upon the sale of their non-controlling interests. We 
    will also issue tax certificates to broadband PCS licensees (in any 
    frequency block) who assign or transfer control of their licenses to 
    minority and women-owned entities.
        144. We have used tax certificates over the years to encourage 
    broadcast licensees and cable television operators to transfer their 
    stations and systems to minority buyers.\121\ We also have granted tax 
    certificates to shareholders in minority-controlled broadcast or cable 
    entities who sell their shares, when such interests were acquired to 
    assist in the financing of the acquisition of the facility.\122\ These 
    broadcast and cable tax certificates are issued pursuant to the 
    Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. Sec. 1071. While Congress' goal in 
    authorizing tax certificates under Section 309(j)(4)(D) of the Act is 
    somewhat different, and focuses on ensuring the opportunity for 
    designated entities to participate in auctions and spectrum-based 
    services, we think that tax certificates will be equally valuable in 
    the broadband PCS context. Issuance of tax certificates to investors in 
    minority and women-owned businesses and licensees that sell to 
    minorities and women will augment the other measures we adopt today to 
    encourage minorities and women to participate in broadband PCS and will 
    increase the ability of these entities to access financing for that 
    purpose.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \121\See 1982 Policy Statement; 1978 Policy Statement. We have 
    also employed tax certificates as a means of encouraging fixed 
    microwave operators to relocate from spectrum allocated to emerging 
    technologies. See Third Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and 
    Order, ET Docket No. 92-9, 8 FCC Rcd 6589, 58 FR 46547, Sept. 2, 
    1993.
        \122\See 1982 Policy Statement, 92 FCC 2d at 855-58.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        145. In implementing this program, we will borrow from our existing 
    tax certificate program and grant tax certificates, upon request, that 
    will enable the licensees and investors meeting the criteria outlined 
    here to defer the gain realized upon a sale by: (1) Treating it as an 
    involuntary conversion under 26 U.S.C. Sec. 1033, with the recognition 
    of gain avoided by the acquisition of qualified replacement property; 
    or (2) electing to reduce the basis of certain depreciable property; or 
    both. Tax certificates will be available to initial investors in 
    minority and woman-owned businesses who provide ``start-up'' financing, 
    which allows these businesses to acquire licenses at auction or in the 
    post-auction market, and those investors who purchase interests within 
    the first year after license issuance, which allows for the 
    stabilization of the designated entities' capital base. The definition 
    of a minority or women-owned entity is set forth below\123\ and, with 
    regard to our investor tax certificate policy, the entity in which the 
    investment is made must satisfy that definition at the time of the 
    original investment as well as after the investor's shares are sold. 
    For post-auction market sales, tax certificates will be issued only to 
    licensees who sell to entities that meet that definition. Tax 
    certificates will be granted only upon completion of the sale, although 
    parties may request a declaratory ruling from the Commission regarding 
    the tax certificate consequences of prospective transactions.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \123\See infra  181-192.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        146. One-Year Holding Period. As with our other tax certificate 
    policies, we are concerned about avoiding ``sham'' arrangements to 
    obtain tax certificates and, pursuant to Section 309(j)(4)(E), thus 
    adopt measures to prevent abuses. As in our existing tax certificate 
    program,\124\ we will impose a one-year holding requirement on the 
    transfer of control or assignment of broadband PCS licenses by women 
    and minority-owned businesses who obtained such licenses through the 
    benefit of tax certificates. We believe that the rapid resale of such 
    licenses at a profit would subvert our goal of ensuring the opportunity 
    to participate by minority or woman-owned businesses. If the buyer 
    itself is a women or minority-owned business, however, our objectives 
    still will be satisfied. Thus, as an exception to the holding 
    requirement, we will permit the assignment or transfer of control of 
    licenses during this period to other qualified minority and women-owned 
    businesses. We note, however, that the assignee or transferee who 
    receives this license before the end of the original one-year holding 
    period will also be subject to a one-year holding requirement, from the 
    date of consummation of the assignment or transfer.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \124\See Amendment of Section 73.3597 of the Commission's Rules, 
    Memorandum Opinion and Order, 99 FCC 2d 971, 974 (1985).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        147. Finally, in the Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order, we 
    indicated that we would address in this proceeding proposals for 
    issuing tax certificates to cellular operators who divest their 
    cellular holdings in order to come into compliance with our rules 
    governing cellular operators' participation in broadband PCS. Several 
    commenters argued that tax certificates should be issued to all such 
    companies who divest their holdings.\125\ To accomplish the directive 
    in Section 309(j)(4)(D) that minority groups and women are given the 
    opportunity to participate in the provision of spectrum-based services, 
    we have decided to issue tax certificates to such cellular companies so 
    long as their cellular interests are divested to businesses owned by 
    minorities and/or women, as defined in this order. In this manner, we 
    can further implement Congress's goal to facilitate the participation 
    of minorities and women in spectrum-based services. We will also impose 
    a one-year holding period requirement on the assignment or transfer of 
    control of cellular licenses obtained by women and minority-owned 
    businesses through the benefit of this tax certificate policy.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \125\See, e.g., Petitions for Reconsideration of GTE Service 
    Corporation and Comcast Corporation of Second Report and Order in 
    GEN Docket 90-314.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    H. Provisions for Rural Telephone Companies
    
        148. After the release of the Second Report and Order, rural 
    telephone companies made numerous ex parte presentations concerning how 
    we can best ensure that rural areas are provided broadband PCS. In 
    addition, we have received several petitions for reconsideration of the 
    Second Report and Order that address our definition of rural telephone 
    companies in the generic auction rules. In this Order, we address the 
    treatment of rural telephone companies for purposes of competitive 
    bidding for broadband PCS licenses and address below some of the issues 
    raised in petitions for reconsideration of the Second Report and Order 
    concerning the definition of these entities.
        149. In the Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order, we adopted an 
    important measure that will help rural telephone companies become 
    viable providers of PCS services. In response to numerous requests from 
    rural telephone company interests, we increased from 20 percent to 40 
    percent the cellular attribution threshold for rural telephone 
    companies with non-controlling cellular interests in their areas. See 
    Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order at 125. This action increases the 
    number of rural telephone companies that will be eligible to hold PCS 
    licenses. In taking this action, we recognized that their existing 
    infrastructure makes rural telephone companies well suited to introduce 
    PCS services rapidly into their service areas and adjacent areas. Thus, 
    this action will help speed service to rural areas, which tend to be 
    less profitable to serve for companies without existing infrastructure 
    than more densely populated urban areas.
        150. We suggested in the Second Report and Order that allowing 
    broadband PCS licenses to be geographically partitioned may be a means 
    to permit rural telephone companies to hold licenses to provide service 
    in their telephone service areas.\126\ Many rural telephone companies 
    proposed some form of partitioning in their comments, arguing that if 
    they were required to bid on entire BTA or MTA licenses to obtain 
    licenses covering their wireline service areas, they would be 
    effectively barred from entering the broadband PCS industry. They 
    contend that under a partitioning plan, they would be able to serve 
    areas in which they already provide service, while the remainder of the 
    PCS service area could be served by other providers. Such a plan, they 
    argue, would encourage rural telephone companies to take advantage of 
    existing infrastructure in providing PCS services, thereby speeding 
    service to rural areas.\127\ We believe that these proposals have 
    merit, and therefore we now adopt a license partitioning system to 
    provide these designated entities the enhanced opportunity to 
    participate in the provision of broadband PCS and to deploy broadband 
    PCS in their rural services areas rapidly.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \126\See Second Report and Order at 243, n. 186. We note that 
    although we stated in n. 186 that we would consider partitioning for 
    rural telephone companies in the reconsideration of the broadband 
    PCS service rules, we have concluded that this issue should be 
    addressed along with other issues concerning designated entities. 
    See Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order at 83, n. 113. In our 
    deliberations on this issue, we incorporate into this proceeding the 
    record developed in GEN Docket No. 90-314.
        \127\See, e.g., comments of GVNW at 2-4, Rural Cellular 
    Association at 16, U.S. Intelco at 16.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        151. Our partitioning system will allow rural telephone companies 
    to obtain broadband PCS licenses that are geographically partitioned 
    from larger PCS service areas. These companies will be permitted to 
    acquire partitioned broadband PCS licenses in either of two ways in any 
    frequency blocks: (1) They may form bidding consortia consisting 
    entirely of rural telephone companies to participate in auctions, and 
    then partition the licenses won among consortia participants, and (2) 
    they may acquire partitioned broadband PCS licenses from other 
    licensees through private negotiation and agreement either before or 
    after the auction. Each rural telephone company member of a consortium 
    will, following the auction, be required to file a long-form 
    application for its respective, mutually agreed-upon geographic area. 
    If rural telephone company consortia are formed to bid on licenses in 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks, the eligibility rules for those blocks will 
    apply (i.e., the cumulative gross revenues and assets of the consortium 
    members may not exceed the financial caps for eligibility in these 
    blocks).\128\ We will require that partitioned areas conform to 
    established geopolitical boundaries (such as county lines) and that 
    each area include all portions of the wireline service area of the 
    rural telephone company applicant that lies within the PCS service 
    area. In addition, if a rural telephone company receives a partitioned 
    license post-auction from another PCS licensee, the partitioned area 
    must be reasonably related to the rural telephone company's wireline 
    service area that lies within the PCS service area.\129\ We recognize 
    that rural telephone companies will require some flexibility in 
    fashioning the areas in which they will receive partitioned licenses, 
    so we do not adopt a strict rule concerning the reasonableness of the 
    partitioned area. Generally, we will presume as reasonable a 
    partitioned area that contains no more than twice the population of 
    that portion of a rural telephone company's wireline service area that 
    lies within the PCS service area. Each licensee in each partitioned 
    area will be responsible for meeting the build-out requirements in its 
    area.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \128\As discussed below, we will permit a consortium consisting 
    entirely of small businesses to exceed the entrepreneurs' blocks 
    financial thresholds. See infra 179-180. Therefore, if each member 
    of a consortium of rural telephone companies also satisfies the 
    definition of a small business, we will allow the consortium to bid 
    in the entrepreneurs' blocks even if it exceeds the gross revenues 
    and total assets caps.
        \129\This provision will not apply when rural telephone 
    companies form consortia only among themselves and then partition 
    the license area. In this circumstance, one or more partitioned 
    areas may have to be larger in order for the entire PCS service area 
    to be served.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        152. Allowing partitioning of rural areas served by rural telephone 
    companies provides a viable opportunity for many of these designated 
    entities who desire to offer PCS to their customers as a complement to 
    their local telephone services. For example, rural telephone companies 
    who cannot afford or do not desire to bid for or construct PCS systems 
    for an entire BTA can thus acquire licenses in areas they wish to serve 
    or form bidding consortia and partition the entire BTA among 
    themselves. We believe that rural partitioning is an efficient method 
    of getting a license in the hands of an entity that will provide rapid 
    service to rural areas.
        153. We have decided not to adopt any other auction-related 
    measures specifically for rural telephone companies in this Order. We 
    believe that the partitioning plan we are adopting will provide rural 
    telephone companies with substantial capabilities to acquire licenses 
    to provide broadband PCS in their rural telephone service areas, 
    consistent with our statutory mandate. In addition, our eligibility 
    criteria for bidding in the entrepreneurs' blocks, discussed below, 
    will permit virtually all telephone companies whose service areas are 
    predominantly rural to bid on licenses in frequency blocks C and F 
    without competition from the large telephone companies and other deep-
    pocketed bidders. Thus, virtually all rural telephone companies will be 
    able to bid for broadband PCS licenses and defer payment in accordance 
    with the installment payment plans we are adopting for the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks. We also note that if a rural telephone company 
    meets the definition of a small business or a business owned by 
    minorities and/or women, it would enjoy a bidding credit and 
    ``enhanced'' installment payments applicable to those groups when 
    bidding on licenses in these blocks. We do not think that any other 
    measures are necessary in order to satisfy the statute's directive that 
    we ensure that rural telephone companies have the opportunity to 
    participate in the provision of spectrum-based services, and to satisfy 
    our goals to ensure that PCS is provided to all areas of the country 
    including rural areas.
    
    I. Upfront Payments
    
        154. Upfront payment requirements are designed to ensure that 
    bidders are qualified and serious and to provide the Commission with a 
    source of funds in the event that it becomes necessary to assess 
    default or bid withdrawal penalties.\130\ The upfront payment ensures 
    that bids during the course of the auction are bona fide and convey 
    information about the value of the underlying licenses. Our standard 
    upfront payment for broadband PCS is $0.02 per MHz per pop, which is 
    equivalent to roughly six percent of the license value, based on an 
    estimate in a Congressional Budget Office report of the total value of 
    the auctionable spectrum.\131\ A number of commenters assert that the 
    Commission could enhance the opportunity of designated entities to 
    participate in competitive bidding by reducing the required upfront 
    payment for those applicants.\132\ We agree that the $0.02 per MHz per 
    pop upfront payment requirement might impose a barrier for smaller 
    entities wishing to participate in the auctions. Moreover, we note that 
    most bidders in the entrepreneurs' blocks will be entitled to pay for 
    their licenses in installments, which requires a down payment of only 
    five percent of the winning bid. We are concerned that requiring an 
    upfront payment that may be larger than the down payment that the 
    winning bidder is required to tender could discourage auction 
    participation.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \130\Second Report and Order, 169-80.
        \131\Id. at 177.
        \132\See e.g., comments of AWCC at 31-32, Minnesota Equal Access 
    at 2, NAMTEC at 20, Rural Cellular Corp. at 2, U.S. Intelco at 22-
    23.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        155. For these reasons, we will reduce the upfront payment 
    requirement to $0.015 per MHz per pop for bidders in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks. This 25 percent discount should facilitate auction 
    participation by capital-constrained companies and permit them to 
    conserve resources for infrastructure development after winning a 
    license. Moreover, since the upfront payment is still substantial, 
    ranging from slightly below $20,000 for a 30 MHz license in the 
    smallest BTAs to more than $10 million for the New York BTA, insincere 
    bidding will be discouraged and the Commission will have access to 
    funds if it must collect default or bid withdrawal penalty payments.
    
    J. Definitions and Eligibility
    
    1. Eligibility to Bid in the Entrepreneurs' Blocks
        156. As noted previously, eligibility to bid in the two 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, C and F, is limited to companies that, together 
    with their affiliates and investors, had gross revenues of less than 
    $125 million in each of the last two years and have total assets of 
    less than $500 million at the time their short form applications are 
    filed. In addition, we will prohibit an applicant from bidding in these 
    blocks if any one individual investor or principal in the applicant has 
    $100 million or greater in personal net worth at the short form 
    application filing date.
        157. In determining whether an applicant satisfies these financial 
    thresholds, we will count the gross revenues and total assets of the 
    applicant as well as those of its investors with ``attributable'' 
    interests. The subsection that follows discusses what interests are 
    attributable for these purposes. In addition, it sets forth exceptions 
    to these attribution rules for minority and women-owned applicants and 
    for publicly-traded companies.
    a. Attribution Rules for the Entrepreneurs' Blocks
        158. Qualified ``Entrepreneurs''. As a general rule, the gross 
    revenues and total assets of all investors in, and affiliates of, an 
    applicant are counted on a cumulative, fully-diluted basis for purposes 
    of determining whether the $125 million/$500 million thresholds have 
    been exceeded, and on an individual basis regarding the $100 personal 
    net worth standard.\133\ There are two exceptions to this rule, 
    however. First, applicants that meet the definition of a small business 
    may, as discussed below, form consortia of small businesses that, on an 
    aggregate basis, exceed the gross revenue/total asset caps. Second, the 
    gross revenues, total assets, personal net worth, and affiliations of 
    any investor in the applicant are not considered so long as the 
    investor holds less than 25 percent of the applicant's passive equity. 
    For corporations, we shall use the term passive equity investors to 
    mean investors who hold only non-voting stock or de minimis amounts of 
    voting stock that include no more than five percent of the voting 
    interests. Where different classes of stock are held, however, the 
    total amount of equity must still be less than 25 percent to meet this 
    requirement. For partnerships, the term means limited partnership 
    interests that do not have the power to exercise control of the 
    entity.\134\ The passive investor exception will be available, however, 
    only so long as the applicant remains under the control of one or more 
    entities or individuals (defined as the ``control group'') and the 
    control group holds at least 25 percent of the applicant's equity and, 
    in the case of corporate applicants, at least 50.1 percent of the 
    voting stock.\135\ In the case of partnership applicants, the control 
    group must hold all the general partnership interests. Winning bidders 
    are required to identify on their long-form applications the identity 
    of the members of this control group and the means of ensuring control 
    (such as a voting trust agreement). The gross revenues, total assets 
    and personal net worth (if applicable) of each member of the control 
    group and each member's affiliates will be counted toward the $125 
    million gross revenues/$500 million total assets thresholds or the 
    individual $100 million personal net worth standard, regardless of the 
    size of the member's total interest in the applicant.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \133\By ``fully-diluted,'' we mean the agreements such as stock 
    options, warrants and convertible debentures will generally be 
    considered to have a present effect and will be treated as if the 
    rights thereunder already have been fully exercised.
        \134\Applicants must be prepared to demonstrate that the limited 
    partners do not have influence over the affairs of the applicant 
    that is inconsistent with their roles as passive investors. For 
    purposes of our rules, we presume that any general partner has the 
    power to control a partnership. Therefore, each general partner in a 
    partnership will be considered part of the partnership's control 
    group.
        \135\So long as the applicant remains under the de jure and de 
    facto control of the control group, we shall not bar passive 
    investors from entering into management agreements with applicants.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        159. The attribution levels we have selected here are intended to 
    balance the competing considerations that apply in this particular 
    context and may differ from those we have used in other circumstances. 
    As a general matter, the 25 percent limitation on equity investment 
    interests will serve as a safeguard that the very large entities who 
    are excluded from bidding in these blocks do not, through their 
    investments in qualified firms, circumvent the gross revenue/total 
    asset caps. At the same time, it will afford qualified bidders a 
    reasonable measure of flexibility in obtaining needed financing from 
    other entities, while ensuring that such entities do not acquire 
    controlling interests in the eligible bidders.\136\ Similarly, the five 
    percent threshold for attributing revenues of investors with voting 
    stock in corporate applicants is designed to keep ineligible parties 
    from exerting undue control over eligible firms.\137\ For all of these 
    reasons, we also will attribute the gross revenues and total assets of 
    entities, or the personal net worth of individuals, that otherwise 
    constitute ``affiliates'' of the applicant.\138\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \136\Several commenters have suggested that we establish an 
    attribution threshold for investors in a broadband PCS applicant. 
    See, e.g., ex parte filings of Columbia PCS, June 2, 1994 (20 
    percent threshold), and Impulse Telecommunications Corporation, May 
    27, 1994 (10 percent threshold).
        \137\In the event that the five percent voting stock limitation 
    proves to be overly restrictive, we may consider whether a higher 
    threshold (e.g., 15 percent) would be sufficient to meet our 
    concerns about undue control from large investors.
        \138\The definition of an ``affiliate'' is set forth in 
    subsection 5, infra.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        160. Qualified Woman and Minority-Owned ``Entrepreneurs''. As 
    discussed above, the record demonstrates that women and minorities have 
    especially acute problems in obtaining financing, due in part to 
    discriminatory lending practices by private financial institutions. To 
    address these special problems and to afford women and minority-owned 
    businesses more flexibility in attracting financing, it is necessary to 
    provide these entities with an alternative, somewhat more relaxed 
    option regarding the attribution of revenues of passive investors. 
    Under this alternative standard, we will not attribute to the applicant 
    the gross revenues, assets, or net worth of any single investor in a 
    minority or woman-owned applicant unless it holds more than 49.9 
    percent of the passive equity (which is defined to include as much as 
    five percent of a corporation's voting stock). To guard against abuses, 
    however, the control group of applicants choosing this option would 
    have to own at least 50.1 percent of the applicant's equity, as well as 
    retain control and hold at least 50.1 percent of the voting stock.\139\ 
    As discussed above with regard to general eligibility to bid in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, winning bidders must identify on their long-form 
    applications a control group (this time consisting entirely of 
    minorities and/or women or entities 100 percent owned and controlled by 
    minorities and/or women) and the gross revenues and net worth of each 
    member of the control group and each member's affiliates will be 
    counted toward the $125 million gross revenue/$500 million total asset 
    thresholds or the individual $100 million personal net worth 
    limitation, regardless of the size of the member's total interest in 
    the applicant.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \139\As noted previously, the control group of a partnership 
    applicant must hold all of the general partnership interests.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        161. Relaxing the attribution standard somewhat in determining 
    eligibility of women and minority-owned companies to bid for licenses 
    on frequency blocks C and F directly addresses what most commenters 
    have stated to be the biggest obstacle to entry for these designated 
    entities: obtaining adequate financing. By this measure, women and 
    minorities who are eligible to bid in these blocks (i.e., who otherwise 
    meet the $125 million gross revenues/$500 million total asset standard) 
    will be required to maintain control of their companies and, at the 
    same time, will have flexibility to attract significant infusions of 
    capital from a single investor. The requirement that the minority and 
    women principals hold 50.1 percent of the company's equity mitigates 
    substantially the danger that a well-capitalized investor with a 
    substantial ownership stake will be able to assume de facto control of 
    the applicant. Because this step gives large companies, who are 
    otherwise ineligible to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks, a significant 
    incentive to ``partner'' with minority and women-owned firms, it will 
    enhance the likelihood that these designated entities will be both 
    successful in the auctions and become viable, long-term competitors in 
    the PCS industry.
        162. Of course, women and minority-owned firms, like any other 
    applicant for a C or F block license, may sell a larger portion of 
    their companies' equity, provided that they also abide by the general 
    eligibility requirements to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks. 
    Specifically, the gross revenues, total assets and net worth of all 
    investors holding 25 percent or more of the company's passive equity 
    (as defined to include 5 percent or more of the voting stock) will be 
    attributed toward the $125 million/$500 million caps or the $100 
    million personal net worth standard. In this event, the control group 
    will be required to hold at least 25 percent of the company's equity 
    and 50.1 percent of its voting stock.
        163. Qualified Publicly-Traded ``Entrepreneurs''. We also believe 
    that these attribution rules may impose a particular hardship on 
    publicly traded companies, which have little control over the ownership 
    of their stock, and whose voting stock typically is widely held. 
    Therefore, for purposes of determining eligibility to bid in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, we adopt an exception from these rules for 
    publicly traded companies.\140\ Specifically, we will not attribute the 
    gross revenues or total assets of a shareholder in a publicly traded 
    company that owns up to 25 percent of the corporation's equity, even if 
    that equity is represented by up to 15 percent of the voting stock. To 
    take advantage of this exception, however, the eligible control group 
    of the applicant still must control the corporation, hold at least 50.1 
    percent of the voting stock, and at least 25 percent of the company's 
    equity.\141\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \140\``Publicly-traded company'' shall mean a business entity 
    organized under the laws of the United States whose shares, debt or 
    other ownership interests are traded on an organized securities 
    exchange within the United States.
        \141\We note that this exception for publicly held companies is 
    only applicable for purposes of assessing eligibility to bid in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks and for the general installment payment 
    option. In the event that a publicly traded company can demonstrate 
    that the 15 percent threshold would impose a serious hardship, the 
    Commission would entertain a request to raise the threshold in 
    individual cases. Companies seeking such relief must also 
    demonstrate that raising the threshold would not contravene the 
    Commission's control objectives, as described in this Order. We do 
    not believe, however, that publicly traded corporations with 
    individual shareholders owning up to 15 percent active equity 
    require additional special provisions such as bidding credits, 
    ``enhanced'' installment payments, or tax certificates to overcome 
    capital access problems. Thus, we will not apply this exception with 
    regard to the small business definition or the definition of a woman 
    or minority-owned business.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        164. De Facto Control Issues. We shall codify in our rules a 
    provision explaining more explicitly the term ``control,'' so that 
    applicants will have clear guidance concerning the requirement that a 
    control group maintains de facto as well as de jure control of the 
    firms that are eligible for special treatment under the rules for 
    broadband PCS. For this purpose, we shall borrow from certain SBA rules 
    that are used to determine when a firm should be deemed an affiliate of 
    a small business.\142\ These SBA rules, which are codified in 13 CFR 
    121.401, provide several specific examples of instances in which an 
    entity might have control of a firm even though the entity has less 
    than 50 percent of the voting stock of a concern, and thus provide a 
    useful model for our rules. Through reference to circumstances such as 
    those described in the SBA rules, our rules will expressly alert 
    designated entities that control of the applicant through ownership of 
    50.1 percent of the firm's voting interests may be insufficient to 
    ensure de facto control of the applicant if, for example, the voting 
    stock of the eligible control group is widely dispersed. In those and 
    other circumstances, ownership of 50.1 percent of the voting stock may 
    be insufficient to assure control of the applicant. Of course, apart 
    from these structural issues relative to control, eligible entities 
    must not, during the license term, abandon control of their licenses 
    through any other mechanism. As we stated in the Second Report and 
    Order, designated entities must be prepared to demonstrate that they 
    are in control of the enterprise.\143\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \142\As discussed below, these SBA affiliation rules also will 
    be used as a basis for our own rules defining ``affiliates'' for 
    purposes of determining whether particular entities meet the 
    financial thresholds for bidding in the entrepreneurs' blocks or for 
    qualifying as a small business.
        \143\Second Report and Order at 278, citing Intermountain 
    Microwave, 24 Rad. Reg. 983, 984 (1963).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        165. Financial Benefits. To ensure that the control group has a 
    substantial financial stake in the venture, we shall adopt certain 
    additional requirements, also borrowed from SBA rules. As noted 
    previously, we shall require that at least 50.1 percent of each class 
    of voting stock and at least 25 percent (or 50.1 percent for the 
    alternative option for minority and women-owned businesses) of the 
    aggregate of all outstanding shares of stock to be unconditionally 
    owned by the control group members. In addition, 50.1 percent of the 
    annual distribution of dividends paid on the voting stock of a 
    corporate applicant concern must be paid to these members. Also, in the 
    event stock is sold, the control group members must be entitled to 
    receive 100 percent of the value of each share of stock in his or her 
    possession. Similarly, in the event of dissolution or liquidation of 
    the corporation, the control group members must be entitled to receive 
    at least 25 percent (or 50.1 percent, as the case may be) of the 
    retained earnings of the concern and 100 percent of the value of each 
    share of the stock in his or her possession, subject, of course, to any 
    applicable laws requiring that debt be paid before distribution of 
    equity.
        166. Partnerships and other non-corporate entities will be subject 
    to similar requirements. Indicia of ownership that we will consider in 
    non-corporate cases include (but are not limited to) (a) the right to 
    share in the profits and losses, and receive assets or liabilities upon 
    liquidation, of the enterprise pro rata in relationship to the 
    designated entity's ownership percentage and (b) the absence of 
    opportunities to dilute the interest of the designated entity (through 
    capital calls or otherwise) in the venture. As with corporations, our 
    concern is ensuring that the economic opportunities and benefits 
    provided through these rules flow to designated entities, as Congress 
    directed.
        167. Application of the Five-Year Holding Rule. Finally, we explain 
    how these attribution rules apply with regard to the five-year holding 
    and limited transfer period for C and F block licensees. During this 
    five-year period, a C or F block licensee must not sell more than 25 
    percent of its passive equity to a single investor if the resulting 
    attribution of that investor's gross revenues or total assets would 
    bring the company over the $125 million gross revenues/$500 million 
    total assets thresholds, or if that investor's personal net worth 
    exceeds the $100 million personal net worth cap. Similarly, while 
    individual members of the control group may change (if it would not 
    result in a transfer of control of the company), the control group must 
    maintain control and at least 25 percent of the equity and 50.1 percent 
    of the voting stock.\144\ A company will be permitted to grow beyond 
    these gross revenues/total assets caps, however, through equity 
    investment by non-attributable (i.e. passive) investors, debt 
    financing, revenue from operations, business development or expanded 
    service.\145\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \144\A minority or woman-owned company must continue to adhere 
    to the attribution rules applicable to it, set out above.
        \145\These rules will continue to apply in this manner 
    throughout the license term with regard to a firm's continuing 
    eligibility for installment payments, ``enhanced'' installment 
    payments and bidding credits.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        168. Abuses. As stated above, we intend by these attribution rules 
    to ensure that bidders and recipients of these licenses in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks are bona fide in their eligibility, and we intend 
    to conduct random audits both before the auctions and during the 10-
    year initial license period to ensure that our rules are complied with 
    in letter and spirit. If we find that large firms or individuals 
    exceeding our personal net worth caps are able to assume control of 
    licensees in the entrepreneurs' blocks or otherwise circumvent our 
    rules, we will not hesitate to force divestiture of such improper 
    interests or, in appropriate cases, issue forfeitures or revoke 
    licenses. In this regard, we reiterate that it is our intent, and the 
    intent of Congress, that women, minorities and small businesses be 
    given an opportunity to participate in broadband PCS services, not 
    merely as fronts for other entities, but as active entrepreneurs.
    b. Limit on Licenses Awarded in Entrepreneurs' Blocks
        169. The special provisions which we adopt for designated entities 
    are based, in part, on our mandate to fulfill the congressional goal 
    that we disseminate licenses among a wide variety of applicants. 47 
    U.S.C. Sec. 309(j)(3)(B). Therefore, in adopting the financial 
    assistance measures set forth in this Report and Order, we are 
    concerned about the possibility, even if remote, that a few bidders 
    will win a very large number of the licenses in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks. As a consequence, the benefits that Congress intended for 
    designated entities would be enjoyed, in disproportionate measure, by 
    only a few individuals or entities. Congress, in our view, did not 
    intend that result. We shall therefore take steps to ensure that the 
    financial assistance provided through our rules is dispersed to a 
    reasonable number of applicants who win licenses in these blocks.
        170. To achieve a fair distribution of the benefits intended by 
    Congress, we shall impose a reasonable limit on the total number of 
    licenses within the entrepreneurs' blocks that a single entity may win 
    at auction. In setting this limit, we shall take care not to impose a 
    restriction that would prevent applicants from obtaining a sufficient 
    number of licenses to create large and efficient regional services. 
    Specifically, we shall impose a limitation that no single entity may 
    win more than 10 percent of the licenses available in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, or 98 licenses. These licenses may all be in 
    frequency block C or all in frequency block F, or in some combination 
    of the two blocks. Such a limit will ensure that at least ten winning 
    bidders enjoy the benefits of the entrepreneurs' blocks. At the same 
    time, it will allow bidders to effectuate aggregation strategies that 
    include large numbers of licenses and extensive geographic coverage.
        171. Further, this limitation will apply only to the total number 
    of licenses that may be won at auctions in these blocks; it is not an 
    ownership cap that applies to licenses that might be obtained after the 
    auctions. For purposes of implementing this restriction, we shall 
    consider licenses to be won by the same entity if an applicant (or 
    other entity) that controls, or has the power to control licenses won 
    at the auction, controls or has the power to control another license 
    won at the auction.
    2. Definition of Small Business
        172. In the Second Report and Order we adopted a definition for 
    small businesses based on the standard definition used by the Small 
    Business Administration (SBA). This definition permits an applicant to 
    qualify for installment payments based on a net worth not in excess of 
    $6 million with average net income after Federal income taxes for the 
    two preceding years not in excess of $2 million. 13 CFR 
    Sec. 121.601.\146\ In the Second Report and Order, we noted, however, 
    that, in certain telecommunications industry sectors, this limit may 
    not be high enough to encompass those entities that, while needing the 
    assistance provided by installment payments, have the financial 
    wherewithal to construct and operate the systems. Therefore we 
    indicated that, on a service specific basis, we might adjust this 
    definition upward to accommodate capital intensive telecommunications 
    businesses. See Second Report and Order at 267.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \146\The SBA has recently changed its net worth/net income 
    standard as it applies to its Small Business Investment Company 
    (SBIC) Program. See 59 Fed. Reg. 16953, 16956 (April 8, 1994). The 
    new standard for determining eligibility for small business concerns 
    applying for financial and/or management assistance under the SBIC 
    program was increased to $18 million net worth and $6 million after-
    tax net income. 15 CFR Sec. 121.802(a)(3)(i). The change in this 
    size standard was attributable to an adjustment for inflation and 
    changes in the SBIC program ``designed to strengthen and expand the 
    capabilities of SBICs to finance small businesses so that they can 
    increase their contribution to economic growth and job creation.'' 
    59 Fed. Reg. at 16955. However, Section 121.601, which was the SBA 
    size standard cited in the Notice and the Second Report and Order, 
    has not been modified by the SBA. For purposes of our generic 
    competitive bidding rules, in consultation with the SBA, we will 
    reexamine our $6 million net worth/$2 million annual profits 
    definition in light of the SBA's recent action.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        173. Many commenters, including the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of 
    the SBA, argue that the SBA net worth/net revenue definition is too 
    restrictive and will exclude businesses of sufficient size to survive, 
    much less succeed, in the competitive broadband PCS marketplace. The 
    SBA's Chief Counsel for Advocacy and the Suite 12 Group advocate 
    adoption of a gross revenue test, arguing that a net worth test could 
    be misleading as some very large companies have low net worth. The 
    SBA's Chief Counsel for Advocacy recommends that the revenue standard 
    be raised to include firms that (together with affiliates) have less 
    than $40 million in gross revenue. Similarly, Suite 12 suggests a $75 
    million in annual sales threshold.\147\ As another option, the SBA's 
    Chief Counsel for Advocacy suggests that the Commission consider a 
    higher revenue ceiling or adopt different size standards for different 
    telecommunications markets.\148\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \147\Many other commenters set forth their recommendations on 
    the appropriate small business definition for broadband PCS 
    preferences. See, e.g., comments of Tri-State ($5 million average 
    annual operating cash flow), Luxcel (net worth not exceeding $20 
    million), and Iowa Network (less than $40 million in annual 
    revenues).
        \148\Some parties recommend using the SBA's alternative 1500 
    employee standard. See, e.g., comments of SBA Associate 
    Administrator for Procurement Assistance at 2, CFW Communications at 
    2, and Iowa Network at 17. A number of other commenters, including 
    the SBA's Chief Counsel for Advocacy, argue, however, that adoption 
    of this alternative SBA definition would open up a huge loophole in 
    the designated entity eligibility criteria. Specifically, they 
    contend that telecommunications is a capital, rather than labor, 
    intensive industry, and that an entity with 1,500 employees is 
    likely to be extremely well capitalized and have no need for the 
    special treatment mandated by Congress in the Budget Act. See, e.g., 
    comments of SBA Chief Counsel for Advocacy at 8, LuxCel Group, Inc. 
    at 4, Suite 12 Group at 10-11.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        174. We expect broadband PCS to be a highly capital intensive 
    business requiring bidders to expend tens of millions of dollars to 
    acquire a license and construct a system even in the smaller broadband 
    PCS markets. Thus, we believe that our current small business 
    definition is overly restrictive because it would exclude most 
    businesses possessing the financial resources to compete successfully 
    in the provision of broadband PCS services. Accordingly, we modify our 
    small business definition for broadband PCS auctions to ensure the 
    participation of small businesses with the financial resources to 
    compete effectively in an auction and in the provision of broadband PCS 
    services.
        175. There is substantial support in the record for a $40 million 
    gross revenue standard. For example, the SBA recommends that for 
    broadband PCS, a small business be defined as one whose average annual 
    gross revenues for its past three years do not exceed $40 million.\149\ 
    It states that this definition isolates those companies that have 
    significantly greater difficulty in obtaining capital than large 
    enterprises. At the same time, the SBA contends that a company with $40 
    million in revenue is sufficiently large that it could survive in a 
    competitive wireless communications market.\150\ Similarly, the SBA 
    Chief Counsel for Advocacy asserts that a $40 million threshold will 
    allow participation by firms ``of sufficient size to meet demands in 
    almost all small markets and some medium-size markets without 
    significant outside financial assistance.''\151\ For purposes of 
    broadband PCS, we shall therefore define a small business as any firm, 
    together with its attributable investors and affiliates, with average 
    gross revenues for the three preceding years not in excess of $40 
    million.\152\ In addition, an applicant will not qualify as a small 
    business if any one attributable investor in, or affiliate of, the 
    entity has $40 million or more in personal net worth.\153\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \149\Ex parte filing of U.S. Small Business Administration, June 
    24, 1994.
        \150\Id.
        \151\Comments of SBA Office of Advocacy at 10. Cf. comments of 
    Iowa Network and Telephone Electronics Corporation (advocating a $40 
    million annual revenue criterion for telephone companies) and reply 
    comments of North American Interactive Partners and Kingwood 
    Associates (advocating $40 million gross-revenue criterion for 
    applicants for the fifty most-populous BTAs, based on estimated 
    average build-out cost).
        \152\The establishment of small business size standards is 
    generally governed by Section 3 of the Small Business Act of 1953, 
    as amended, 15 U.S.C. Sec. 642(a). Recent amendments to that statute 
    provide that small business size standards developed by Federal 
    agencies must be based on the average gross revenues of such 
    business over a period of not less than three years. See Pub. L. No. 
    102-366, Title II, Sec. 222(a), 106 Stat. 999 (1992); 15 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 632 (a)(2)(B)(ii).
        \153\Unlike our eligibility criteria to bid in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, we do not adopt a total assets standard here. 
    We believe that the $40 million gross revenue cap for small 
    businesses, together with the $500 million total asset threshold we 
    set for entry into the entrepreneurs' blocks in the first instance, 
    should be sufficient to ensure that only bona fide small businesses 
    are able to take advantage of the measures intended for those 
    designated entities.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        176. For purposes of determining whether an entity qualifies as a 
    small business, we will follow the control group and attribution rules 
    set forth with regard to eligibility to bid in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks. In particular, winning bidders are required to identify on 
    their long-form applications a control group that holds at least 50.1 
    percent of the voting interests of the applicant (and otherwise has de 
    facto control) and owns at least a 25 percent equity stake. The gross 
    revenues of each member of the control group and each member's 
    affiliates will be counted toward the $40 million gross revenue 
    threshold, regardless of the size of the member's total interest in the 
    applicant. The $40 million personal net worth limitation will also 
    apply to each member of the control group. We will not consider the 
    gross revenues or personal net worth of any other investor unless the 
    investor holds 25 percent or more of the outstanding passive equity in 
    the applicant, which, as defined above, includes as much as five 
    percent of the voting stock in a corporate applicant.
        177. We also adopt the more relaxed attribution standard set forth 
    in the entrepreneurs' blocks section with regard to investors in 
    minority and female-owned applicants. Specifically, we will not 
    consider the gross revenues or personal net worth of a single passive 
    investor in a minority or female-owned small business unless the 
    investor holds in excess of a 49.9 percent passive interest (which 
    includes as much as five percent of a corporate applicant's voting 
    stock), provided the women or minority control group maintains at least 
    50.1 percent of the equity and, in the case of a corporate applicant, 
    at least 50.1 percent of the voting stock.\154\ We believe that such 
    revenue attribution will ensure that only bona fide small businesses 
    are able to take advantage of the special provisions we have adopted, 
    but will allow those businesses to attract sufficient equity capital to 
    be truly viable contenders in the PCS industry.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \154\See supra 160.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        178. These financial eligibility rules will continue to apply 
    throughout the license term. Thus, firms that received bidding credits 
    and ``enhanced'' installment payments based on their small business 
    status will be subject to the repayment penalties outlined above, if an 
    investor subsequently purchases an ``attributable'' interest (e.g. 25 
    percent or more of the firm's equity) and, as a result, the gross 
    revenues of the firm exceed the $40 million gross revenues cap, or the 
    personal net worth of the investor exceeds the $40 million personal net 
    worth threshold.
        179. Finally, we will allow a consortium of small businesses to 
    qualify for any of the measures adopted in this order applicable to 
    individual small businesses. As used here, the term ``consortium'' 
    means a conglomerate organization formed as a joint venture among 
    mutually-independent business firms, each of which individually 
    satisfies the definition of a small business.
        180. Several commenters argue that a consortium should not qualify 
    for special treatment unless the consortium itself meets the 
    established definitional criteria.\155\ They contend that the FCC 
    should not allow consortia to be used as a means of circumventing the 
    usual prerequisites for these special provisions. In the Second Report 
    and Order, we concluded that consortia might be permitted to receive 
    benefits based on participation in the consortium by one or more 
    designated entities, but believed such a consortium should not be 
    entitled to qualify for measures designed specifically for designated 
    entities. As a general matter, we shall continue to adhere to that 
    principle. We think, however, that in the broadband PCS service, 
    allowing small businesses to pool their resources in this manner is 
    necessary to help them overcome capital formation problems and thereby 
    ensure their opportunity to participate in auctions and to become 
    strong broadband PCS competitors. Because of the exceptionally large 
    capital requirements in this service, we agree with the SBA Chief 
    Counsel for Advocacy that, so long as individual members of the 
    consortium satisfy the definition of a small business, the 
    congressional objective of ensuring opportunities for small business 
    will be fully met. Individual small entities that join to form 
    consortia, as distinguished from a single entity with gross revenues in 
    excess of $40 million, still are likely to encounter capital access 
    problems and, thus, should qualify for members aimed at small 
    businesses. We do not believe however, that this congressional goal 
    will be satisfied if special measures are allowed for consortia that 
    are ``predominantly'' or ``significantly'' owned and/or controlled by 
    small businesses, as recommended by several commenters.\156\ This would 
    have the effect of eviscerating our small business definitional 
    criteria and would not further the ability of bona fide small 
    businesses to participate in PCS services.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \155\See comments of McCaw at 21 and Myers at 6.
        \156\See, e.g., comments of Rural Cellular Corp. at 2, Bell 
    Atlantic at 17, NAMTEC at 19, and AT&T at 25-26.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    3. Definition of Women and Minority-Owned Business
        181. As discussed above, we have taken steps in this order to 
    address the special funding problems faced by minority and women-owned 
    firms and thereby to ensure that these groups have the opportunity to 
    participate and become strong competitors in the broadband PCS 
    service.\157\ We thus have adopted a tax certificate program for women 
    and minorities to allow more sources of potential funding, have relaxed 
    the attribution standard used to determine eligibility to bid for 
    licenses on frequency blocks C and F, and have adopted special measures 
    for installment payments and bidding credits.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \157\As noted in the Second Report and Order, the members of the 
    following groups will be considered ``minorities'' for purposes of 
    our rules: ``[T]hose of Black, Hispanic Surnamed, American Eskimo, 
    Aleut, American Indian and Asiatic American extraction.'' See 
    Statement of Policy on Minority Ownership of Broadcasting 
    Facilities, 68 FCC 2d 979, 980 n.8 (1978); Commission Policy 
    Regarding the Advancement of Minority Ownership in Broadcasting, 92 
    FCC 2d 849, 489 n.1 (1982). Moreover, as adopted in the Second 
    Report and Order, minority and women-owned businesses will be 
    eligible for special measures only if the minority and women 
    principals are also United States citizens.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        182. As also indicated above, for purposes of implementing these 
    steps, we have departed from the definition of a minority and woman-
    owned firm that was adopted in the Second Report and Order. There, we 
    found generally that to establish ownership by minorities and women, a 
    strict eligibility standard should be adopted that required minorities 
    or women to have at least a 50.1 percent equity stake and a 50.1 
    percent controlling interest in the designated entity. Second Report 
    and Order at 277; 47 CFR Sec. 1.2110(b)(2). For the broadband PCS 
    auctions, we retain the requirement that minorities and/or women 
    control the applicant and hold at least 50.1 percent of a corporate 
    applicant's voting stock. However, to establish their eligibility for 
    certain benefits, summarized below, we shall impose an additional 
    requirement that, even where minorities and women hold at least 50.1 
    percent of the applicant's equity, other investors in the applicant may 
    own only passive interests, which, for corporate applicants, is defined 
    to include as much as five percent of the voting stock. In addition, 
    provided that certain restrictions are met, we shall also allow women 
    and minority-owed firms the option to reduce to 25 percent the 50.1 
    percent minimum equity amount that must be held.
        183. We emphasized in the Second Report and Order that we did not 
    intend to restrict the use of various equity financing mechanisms and 
    incentives to attract financing, provided that the minority and women 
    principals continued to own 50.1 percent of the equity, calculated on a 
    fully-diluted basis, and that their equity interest entitled them to a 
    substantial stake in the profits and liquidation value of the venture 
    relative to the non-controlling principals. We noted, however, that 
    different standards that meet the same objectives may be appropriate in 
    other contexts. Second Report and Order at 278. In view of the 
    evidence of discriminatory lending experiences faced by minority and 
    women entrepreneurs and the exceptional great financial resources 
    believed to be required by broadband PCS applicants, we conclude that 
    it is appropriate to allow more flexibility with regard to the 50.1 
    percent equity requirements for this service in order to open doors to 
    more sources of equity financing for women and minority-owned firms.
        184. We shall therefore allow women and minority-owned firms the 
    following options. First, they may satisfy the general definition set 
    forth in the Second Report and Order, which requires the minority and/
    or female principles to control the applicant, own at least 50.1 
    percent of its equity and, in the case of corporate applicants, hold at 
    least 50.1 percent of the voting stock. Under this option, other 
    investors may own as much as a 49.9 percent passive equity interest. As 
    noted above regarding eligibility to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks, 
    passive equity in the corporate context means only non-voting stock may 
    be held, or stock that includes no more than five percent of the voting 
    interests.\158\ For partnerships, the term means limited partnership 
    interests that do not have the power to exercise control of the equity. 
    In addition, as required in the Second Report and Order, all investor 
    interests will be calculated on a fully-diluted basis, meaning that 
    agreements such as stock options, warrants and convertible debentures 
    generally will be considered to have a present effect and will be 
    treated as if the rights thereunder have been fully exercised.\159\ We 
    recognize that the requirement that other investors own only passive 
    interests is a departure from the definition of a minority or women-
    owned business adopted in the Second Report and Order, but because of 
    the very significant financial contribution that may be made by such 
    other investors in designated entities, we believe that the passive 
    equity requirement is appropriate as an additional safeguard to ensure 
    that minorities and/or women retain control of the applicant.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \158\For example, under this option, a corporate applicant with 
    two classes of issued and outstanding stock, 100 shares of voting 
    stock and 100 shares of non-voting stock, could sell to a single 
    non-eligible entity 49.9 percent of the applicant's equity, 
    consisting of 5 shares of the corporate's voting stock and 94 shares 
    of its non-voting stock. Under this scenario, eligible minorities or 
    women, in order to retain at least 50.1 percent of the value of all 
    outstanding shares of the corporation's stock, must own all of the 
    corporation's remaining shares of stock; that is, 95 shares of 
    voting stock and six shares of non-voting stock.
        \159\As also noted in the Second Report and Order, we will 
    consider departing from the requirement that the equity of investors 
    in minority and women-owned businesses must be calculated on a 
    fully-diluted basis only upon a demonstration, in individual cases, 
    that options or conversion rights held by non-controlling principals 
    will not deprive the minority and women principals of a substantial 
    financial stake in the venture or impair their rights to control the 
    designated equity. See Second Report and Order at 277.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        185. As a second option, women and minority-owned firms may sell up 
    to 75 percent of the company's equity, provided that no single investor 
    may hold 25 percent or more of the firm's passive equity, which is 
    defined in the same manner as above. For example, a corporation with 
    100 shares of voting stock and 100 shares of non-voting stock, with the 
    200 shares representing the total outstanding shares of the company, 
    could qualify as a minority or women-owned business under the following 
    circumstances. The minority or women principals would have to own at 
    least 51 shares of voting stock, which satisfies the requirement that 
    they have voting control and, in this case, also meets the requirements 
    that they hold at least 25 percent of the equity. Two other investors 
    could each own 44 shares of non-voting stock and five shares of voting 
    stock, which represents 24.5 percent of the company's equity for each 
    of the shareholders. A third investor could own the remaining 12 shares 
    of non-voting stock and five shares of the voting stock, or 8.5 percent 
    of the equity. The remaining 34 shares of voting stock may be sold to 
    other investors provided that no single investor owns more than five 
    shares.
        186. Whichever option is chosen, we will require establishment of a 
    ``control group'' in much the same way we did for purposes of 
    eligibility to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks. Specifically, winning 
    bidders, transferees or assignees must identify on their long-form 
    applications a control group (consisting entirely of minorities and/or 
    women or entities 100 percent owned and controlled by minorities and 
    women) that has de jure and de facto control of the applicant and holds 
    either at least 50.1 or 25 percent of the applicant's equity, depending 
    upon which option is elected.
        187. We believe that a modification of our 50.1 percent equity 
    requirement will best achieve Congress' objective of providing 
    effective and long-term economic opportunities for women and minority-
    owned firms in broadband PCS. At the same time, we shall maintain 
    strict enforcement of the requirement that actual control reside with 
    the qualified designated entities. Thus, to establish their eligibility 
    for tax certificates, enhanced installment payments, bidding credits 
    and relaxed cellular attribution rules, women and minority-owned 
    applicants electing to use the 25 percent equity option may not in any 
    instance allow an individual investor who is not in the control group 
    to own more than a 25 percent passive equity interest. This restriction 
    will apply even in circumstances in which allowing an investor to 
    exceed these limitations would not result in the applicant's exceeding 
    the gross revenues and other financial standards that apply to other 
    bidders in the entrepreneurs' blocks and other situations involving 
    financial caps. These structural safeguards, as well as the general 
    requirement that other investors hold only passive interests in women 
    and minority-owned applicants, will help to ensure that control truly 
    remains with the women and minority designated entities.
        188. For example, a women or minority-owned firm electing to use 
    the 25 percent option may have a non-eligible investor with more than a 
    25 percent passive stake and still qualify to bid in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks or for benefits that apply to small businesses, as long as the 
    attributable revenues of the investor do not cause the applicant to 
    exceed the gross revenues/total assets caps. In these contexts, no 
    additional restrictions are necessary, because women and minority-owned 
    applicants, like other applicants, are eligible to bid in these blocks 
    and to qualify as small businesses so long as they comply with the same 
    restrictions on financial eligibility that apply to other applicants. 
    Since the attribution rule itself operates to ensure compliance with 
    size limitations, it is not necessary to impose additional restrictions 
    on the size of interests held by investors with attributable interests. 
    This firm will not qualify, however, for special measures applicable 
    only to women and minority-owned businesses, such as ``enhanced'' 
    installment payments or the 15 or 25 percent bidding credits, because 
    it has a single non-eligible investor with more than a 25 percent 
    passive interest. In circumstances in which women and minorities are 
    required to retain only 25 percent of the firm's equity, this 
    additional structural restriction is appropriate because the objective 
    in this context is to ensure not merely financial eligibility, but that 
    women and minorities retain control of the license.
        189. We set forth previously rules defining more explicitly the 
    term ``control'' for purposes of determining whether a ``control 
    group'' maintains de facto as well as de jure control of an 
    applicant.\160\ Those rules apply equally to the minority and women 
    principals of minority and women-owned applicants. Consistent with our 
    general policies with regard to women-owned applicants for purposes of 
    our multiple ownership and cross-ownership rules in this broadcast 
    context, we shall not adopt, at this time, any special rules or 
    presumptions to determine whether women-owned applicants exercise 
    independent control of their firms. See In the Matter of Clarification 
    of Commission Policies Regarding Spousal Attribution, 7 FCC Rcd 1920, 
    57 FR 8845, Mar. 13, 1992.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \160\See supra 164.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        190. Our requirement that control rest with minorities and/or women 
    and the clarifications above ensure that parties do not attempt to 
    evade the statutory requirement to provide economic opportunities and 
    ensure participation by businesses owned by these groups. We reaffirm 
    our commitment to investigate all allegations of fronts, shams or other 
    methods used by those who try to obtain a benefit to which they are not 
    lawfully entitled. In this vein, we again admonish parties that we will 
    conduct random pre- and post-auction audits to ensure that applicants 
    receiving these benefits are bona fide designated entities.
        191. We also note here that we are departing from the provision in 
    the Second Report and Order that bars publicly traded companies from 
    qualifying as minority and woman-owned businesses for purposes of 
    participating in auctions. Most of the steps taken to assist these 
    designated entities in this Order (e.g., bidding credits and 
    installment payments) are confined to winning bidders in the 
    entrepreneurs' blocks, where there is a financial limit on the size of 
    participants. Because of the expected large capital entry costs of 
    broadband PCS, we believe that even publicly traded companies owned by 
    women and minorities that qualify to bid in blocks C and F require 
    additional measures, such as bidding credits and installment payments, 
    to be able to participate successfully. We emphasize, however, that the 
    exception to the attribution rules for publicly traded companies to be 
    eligible to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks does not apply here.\161\ 
    To qualify for measures targeted exclusively to women and minority-
    owned businesses, a company must satisfy the definition set forth in 
    this section.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \161\With regard to qualifying to bid in the entrepreneurs' 
    blocks, we stated that we would not attribute the revenues or assets 
    of an investor that owns up to 15 percent of a publicly traded 
    applicant's voting stock. For privately held companies, the voting 
    stock threshold is five percent. See supra 158, 163.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        192. As noted above, applicants owned by women and minorities must 
    meet the limitations on gross revenues, total assets and personal net 
    worth to qualify for entry into the entrepreneurs' blocks. The size 
    limitations do not apply, however, to all measures designed to assist 
    applicants owned by minorities and/or women. The tax certificate policy 
    applies to all broadband PCS licenses and is not limited to licenses in 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks. Therefore, businesses owned by minorities 
    and women need not meet the gross revenue and other financial 
    restrictions to qualify for tax certificates. Similarly, the relaxed 
    cellular attribution threshold for minority and women-owned firms 
    adopted in the Broadband PCS Reconsideration Order is not limited to 
    the entrepreneurs' blocks. Thus, minority and women-owned firms that do 
    not meet the gross revenues, total assets and net worth restrictions 
    may nevertheless qualify for the 40 percent cellular attribution rule. 
    But minority and women-owned firms must satisfy the Commission's 
    structural ownership requirements to receive the benefits of tax 
    certificates and the relaxed cellular attribution rule; that is, they 
    are subject to the limitation that interests held by investors who are 
    not women and minorities must be passive.
    4. Definition of Rural Telephone Company
        193. As discussed above, we have adopted several measures to assist 
    rural telephone companies in the broadband PCS service. We decide here 
    the definition of rural telephone companies who are eligible for those 
    benefits. As explained below, for this service, we shall depart from 
    the definition adopted in the Second Report and Order and define rural 
    telephone companies as local exchange carriers having 100,000 or fewer 
    access lines, including all affiliates.
        194. As we pointed out in the Second Report and Order,\162\ most of 
    those responding to our tentative conclusion in the Notice concerning 
    the definition of a rural telephone company contended that the proposed 
    definition, which was based on the standard contained in Section 63.58 
    of the Commission's Rules, was too restrictive. A variety of more 
    inclusive definitions were recommended.\163\ Some commenters advocated 
    a definition in which a company would qualify if it satisfied either of 
    two alternative criteria based on population of communities served or 
    number of access lines.\164\ Others advocated adoption of a definition 
    focusing simply on the number of access lines provided.\165\ One 
    commenter advocated a definition focusing exclusively on revenues 
    rather than access lines, with the standard for rural telephone company 
    status at annual revenues under $100 million.\166\ In addition, some 
    advocated a somewhat more restrictive definition.\167\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \162\Second Report and Order at 279-282.
        \163\See, e.g., comments of Saco River, Telephone Electronics, 
    and Iowa Network (advocating amending the proposed definition merely 
    by raising the population threshold to 10,000), and comments of 
    Chickasaw (advocating definition including companies that 
    predominantly, but not exclusively, serve customers in communities 
    of less than 10,000 in non-urbanized areas).
        \164\See, e.g., comments of Telocator, TDS, NYNEX, NOTA, NTCA 
    and Saco River (recommending a definition including companies that 
    either provide service only within communities of 10,000 or less in 
    non-urbanized areas or provide 10,000 or fewer access lines (and no 
    more than 150,000 in conjunction with affiliates)); comments of 
    OPASTCO (recommending defining rural telephone companies as those 
    that either provide exchange service only within communities of 
    10,000 or less in non-urbanized areas or that provide 50,000 or 
    fewer access lines; and comments of SBA Chief Counsel for Advocacy 
    (recommending a definition including companies serving communities 
    of 20,000 or less in non-urbanized areas or providing 50,000 or 
    fewer access lines (including lines provided by affiliates)).
        \165\See, e.g., comments of STCL, MEBTEL, CFW, Minnesota Equal 
    Access Network, Rural Cellular Assn., Rural Cellular Corp., 
    Rochester Tel. Corp, McCaw, DialPage, APC, TDS and Gulf Telephone 
    Co. (suggesting caps between 25,000 and 150,000 access lines).
        \166\Comments of PMN.
        \167\See, e.g., comments of GTE (definition would apply only to 
    companies that exclusively serve customers in communities of 10,000 
    or less in non-urbanized areas and that provide wireline exchange 
    service to 10,000 or fewer customers).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        195. Many commenters suggested limiting rural telephone eligibility 
    to carriers serving communities with no more than 10,000 inhabitants, 
    asserting that such a standard better comports with common notions 
    about which telephone companies are ``rural.''\168\ A number of other 
    commenters supported a definition of rural telephone company that would 
    include a limitation on the size of the company. OPASTCO, for example, 
    asserted that such a limitation would comport with the statutory 
    mandate to ensure opportunity for rural telephone companies because 
    ``the problem such companies face in the competitive bidding arena'' is 
    as much a function of their size as of the rural character of their 
    service areas.''\169\ NTCA similarly contended that small companies 
    have shown the interest and commitment needed to fulfill the explicit 
    statutory goal of ``rapid deployment of new * * * services for * * * 
    those residing in rural areas,'' citing as support a report on the 
    deployment of digital switching by small LECs.\170\ Other parties 
    suggested that we look to the unenacted antecedent of the Budget Act, 
    S. 1134, in which a rural company was defined as an entity that either 
    (a) ``provides telephone exchange service by wire in a rural area'' 
    (i.e., a non-urbanized area containing no incorporated place with more 
    than 10,000 inhabitants), (b) ``provides telephone exchange service by 
    wire to less than 10,000 subscribers,'' or (c) ``is a telephone utility 
    whose income accrues to a State or political subdivision thereof.''
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \168\See, e.g., comments of OPASTCO, Iowa Network, Saco River 
    and Telephone Electronics.
        \169\Comments of OPASTCO at 5.
        \170\Comments of NTCA at 7-8.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        196. In the Second Report and Order, we adopted a definition of 
    ``rural telephone company'' that includes independently owned and 
    operated local exchange carriers that (1) do not serve communities with 
    more than 10,000 inhabitants in the licensed area, and (2) do not have 
    more than 50,000 access lines, including all affiliates. 47 CFR 
    Sec. 1.2110(b)(3). We stated our belief that a limitation on the size 
    of eligible rural telephone companies is appropriate because Congress 
    did not intend for us to give special treatment to large LECs that 
    happen to serve small rural communities. See Second Report and Order at 
    282.
        197. Several parties who filed petitions for reconsideration of the 
    Second Report and Order argue that the definition adopted for rural 
    telephone companies may be too restrictive given the capital intensive 
    nature of broadband PCS.\171\ We also note that NTCA argued in its 
    comments in this proceeding that it is neither necessary nor 
    appropriate to use the same criteria to define rural telephone 
    companies in rules pertaining to different services, technologies, and 
    industries.\172\ Likewise, in an ex parte letter, OPASTCO states that 
    by defining rural telephone company for purposes of broadband PCS as a 
    local exchange carrier with less than $100 million in revenue, the 
    Commission will properly capture in the defined class locally-owned 
    telephone companies who are truly interested in providing services to 
    rural areas.\173\ OPASTCO notes that the ``same universe of companies'' 
    that would fall under such a revenue threshold would be captured by a 
    definition that includes all telephone companies having 100,000 or 
    fewer access lines.\174\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \171\See, e.g., petitions of South Dakota Network (SDN), U.S. 
    Intelco, NTCA, Rural Cellular Association and TDS. We note that 
    similar arguments have been made with respect to other services.
        \172\See comments of NTCA at 4.
        \173\Ex parte filing of filing of OPASTCO, June 2, 1994, at 2; 
    see also comments of PMN at 7-8.
        \174\Id.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        198. Our challenge in establishing a definition of a rural 
    telephone company for broadband PCS is to achieve the congressional 
    goal of promoting the rapid deployment of this new service in rural 
    areas by targeting only those telephone companies whose service 
    territories are predominantly rural in nature, and who are thus likely 
    to be able to use on their existing wireline telephone networks to 
    build broadband PCS infrastructures to serve rural America. For 
    purposes of our rules governing broadband PCS licenses, we believe that 
    this goal can best be achieved if we define rural telephone companies 
    as those local exchange carriers having 100,000 or fewer access lines, 
    including all affiliates. We agree with OPASTCO that such a definition 
    will include virtually all of the telephone companies who genuinely are 
    interested in providing services to rural areas. This definition will 
    encourage participation by legitimate rural telephone companies without 
    providing special treatment to large LECs. Therefore, we will better 
    achieve the congressional goal of providing service rapidly to rural 
    areas without giving benefits to large companies that do not require 
    such assistance. Rural telephone companies that satisfy this definition 
    thus will be eligible for rural partitioning, as discussed above.\175\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \175\Such companies also will be eligible for special treatment 
    under our cellular attribution rules for broadband PCS. See 47 CFR 
    Sec. 24.204(d)(2)(ii).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        199. Anchorage Telephone Company argues in a petition for 
    reconsideration of the Second Report and Order that our definition of a 
    rural telephone company should include telephone companies that are 
    owned by governmental authorities. Anchorage contends that Congress 
    meant to mandate special consideration not only for telephone carriers 
    serving rural areas but also for all municipally-owned telcos, even 
    those with wholly or predominantly urban service areas.\176\ This 
    argument is based on its interpretation of the Senate bill that was 
    antecedent to the enacted Budget Act. Anchorage argues that the Senate 
    bill containing the prototype of a mandate for special consideration 
    for rural telephone companies directed the FCC to grant ``rural program 
    licenses'' to ``qualified'' common carriers and explicitly said that 
    the category of ``qualified'' carriers included all state-owned and 
    municipally-owned telephone companies. Anchorage further states that 
    the report of the conference committee that drafted the Budget Act 
    declares that the Senate's ``findings'' are incorporated by 
    reference.\177\ Anchorage also asserts that without the aid of special 
    assistance it and most other state-owned and municipal telcos won't be 
    able to purchase spectrum licenses at auction because it is politically 
    infeasible for them to generate and retain enough surplus revenue to 
    fund such investments, due to popular aversion to increases in taxes or 
    telephone rates.\178\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \176\Anchorage Petition at 2-3.
        \177\Id.
        \178\Id. at 4-5.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        200. We find no merit in Anchorage's arguments. There is no 
    specific evidence that Congress intended the term ``rural telephone 
    companies'' to include all state or municipally-owned telephone 
    companies. To the contrary, the fact that an antecedent bill contained 
    an explicit mandate for preferential treatment of government-owned 
    telephone companies that was deleted from the enacted bill could just 
    as easily be interpreted as an indication that Congress rejected such a 
    rule. Further, we disagree that state and municipal governments lack 
    the means to participate successfully in auctions. Such governments 
    have substantial capabilities to raise funds through private financing, 
    bond offerings and taxation. Therefore, our definition of a rural 
    telephone company will not encompass telephone companies that are owned 
    by government authorities.
    5. Definition of an Affiliate
        201. Many of the eligibility criteria set forth above are based on 
    the size of the entity applying for a broadband PCS license and/or 
    seeking special treatment under our designated entity policies. Each of 
    these size standards ($125 million gross revenues/$500 million total 
    assets/$100 million personal net worth, $40 million gross revenues/$40 
    million personal net worth, and 100,000 access lines) requires 
    applicants to include, among other parties, ``affiliates'' when 
    calculating their attributable gross revenues, total assets, net worth 
    or access lines. This affiliation requirement is intended to prevent 
    entities that, for all practical purposes, do not meet these size 
    standards from receiving benefits targeted to smaller entities.\179\ We 
    adopt specific affiliation rules for purposes of applying these 
    eligibility criteria based in part on the Small Business 
    Administration's affiliation rules.\180\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \179\See, e.g., Second Report and Order at 272.
        \180\See 13 CFR Sec. 121.401 (1993) (formerly at 13 CFR 
    Sec. 121.3 (1989)).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        202. In the Second Report and Order, we referenced the SBA's 
    affiliation rules for purposes of defining generally whether an entity 
    qualifies as a small business and gave examples of how the affiliation 
    rules would be applied. We continue to believe that the SBA's 
    affiliation rules provide a solid foundation on which to build our own 
    affiliation rules for purposes of the small business definition for 
    broadband PCS and for the other size standards adopted in this 
    order.\181\ Accordingly, for purposes of these eligibility 
    restrictions, we will again borrow from the SBA's rules for outside 
    affiliations. In addition, to ensure that applicants have clear 
    guidance concerning these matters, we shall include in our rules more 
    detailed information concerning the circumstances in which an entity 
    will be deemed an affiliate of the applicant.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \181\SBA's affiliation rules were promulgated under the 
    authority in Section 3 of the Small Business Act of 1953, as 
    amended, 15 U.S.C. Sec. 632, which provides that, to be eligible for 
    benefits provided by SBA and other agencies, a ``small-business 
    concern'' must be ``independently owned and operated.'' See Small 
    Business Size Standards, 54 FR 52634 (December 21, 1989).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        203. Like the eligibility rules we have adopted here governing size 
    limitations for broadband PCS, the SBA's rules provide that size 
    determinations shall include the applicant and all of its 
    ``affiliates.''\182\ At the outset, before considering in more detail 
    all the types of affiliations that might exist when guided by the SBA 
    rules, we review briefly our own rules described above, concerning 
    attributable interests. Those rules provide that, so long as a control 
    group is established, the gross revenues, assets or net worth of an 
    investor in a PCS applicant or licensee will be attributed to the 
    applicant or licensee only if the investor holds more than 25 percent 
    of the applicant's passive equity or is part of a control group that 
    controls the applicant. Therefore, only where an investor has such 
    attributable interests in the broadband PCS applicant or licensee do we 
    need to examine whether the investor has a relationship with other 
    persons or outside entities that rises to the level of an affiliation 
    with the PCS applicant, and if so, whether the affiliate's revenues or 
    net worth, when aggregated with the applicant's, exceed our size 
    eligibility thresholds.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \182\See 13 CFR Sec. 121.401(a).
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        204. General Principles of Affiliation. When such an attributable 
    interest exists, an affiliation under the SBA rules would arise, first, 
    from ``control'' of an entity or the ``power to control it.'' Thus, 
    under the SBA rules, entities are affiliates of each other when either 
    directly or indirectly (i) one concern controls or has the power to 
    control the other, or (ii) a third party or parties controls or has the 
    power to control both. 13 CFR Sec. 121.401(a)(2)(i), (ii). In 
    determining control, the SBA's rules provide generally that every 
    business concern is considered to have one or more parties who directly 
    or indirectly control or have the power to control it. The rules, in 
    addition, provide specific examples of where control resides under 
    various scenarios, such as through stock ownership or occupancy of 
    director, officer or management positions. The rules also articulate 
    general principles of control, and note, for example, that control may 
    be affirmative or negative and that it is immaterial whether control is 
    exercised so long as the power to control exists. 13 CFR 
    Sec. 121.401(c)(1). Second, an affiliation, under SBA rules, may also 
    arise out of an ``identity of interest'' between or among parties. 13 
    CFR Sec. 121.401(a)(2)(iii), (d). We shall adopt these same general 
    provisions in our affiliation rules for broadband PCS.
        205. In adopting these affiliation rules, we emphasize that these 
    rules will not be applied in a manner that defeats the objectives of 
    our attribution rules. Our attribution rules expressly permit 
    applicants to disregard the gross revenues, total assets and net worth 
    of passive investors, provided that an eligible control group has de 
    facto and de jure control of the applicant. Our attribution rules are 
    designed to preserve control of the applicant by eligible entities, yet 
    allow investment in the applicant by entities that do not meet the size 
    restrictions in our rules. Therefore, so long as the requirements of 
    our attribution rules are met, the affiliation rules will not be used 
    to defeat the underlying policy objectives of allowing such passive 
    investors. More specifically, if a control group has de facto and de 
    jure control of the applicant, we shall not construe the affiliation 
    rules in a manner that causes the interests of passive investors to be 
    attributed to the applicant.
        206. Applying these SBA affiliation rules, and affiliation would 
    arise, for example, where an entity with an attributable interest in a 
    broadband PCS applicant is under the control of another entity. An 
    affiliation would also arise where an entity with an attributable 
    interest in a broadband PCS applicant controls, or has the power to 
    control, another entity. For example, if a 10 percent voting 
    shareholder of a PCS applicant is also a shareholder in a large 
    Corporation X, when should Corporation X be deemed an affiliate of the 
    PCS applicant as a result of the shareholder's ownership interest in 
    both entities? Under the SBA rules and the rules we adopt here, 
    Corporation X would be deemed an affiliate of the applicant if the 
    shareholder controlled or had the power to control Corporation X, in 
    which case, Corporation X's gross revenues must be included in 
    determining the applicant's gross revenues.
        207. For purposes of determining control, ownership interests will 
    be calculated on a fully-diluted basis. Thus, for example, stock 
    options, convertible debentures, and agreements to merge (including 
    agreements in principle) will generally be considered to have a present 
    effect on the power to control or own an interest in either an outside 
    entity or the PCS applicant or licensee.\183\ We will treat such 
    options, debentures, and agreements generally as though the rights held 
    thereunder had been exercised.\184\ However, an affiliate cannot use 
    such options and debentures to appear to terminate its control over or 
    relationship with another concern before it actually does so.\185\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \183\We recognize that we have adopted a different rule for 
    purposes of our broadband PCS-cellular ownership rules. See 47 
    C.F.R. Sec. 24.204(d)(2)(v). In that context, however, our purpose 
    was not to establish the financial position, or potential financial 
    position, of applicants bidding in auctions.
        \184\See 13 C.F.R. Sec. 121.401(f). SBA's rules provide the 
    following examples to guide the application of this provision:
        Example 1. If company ``A'' holds an option to purchase a 
    controlling interest in company ``B,'' the situation is treated as 
    though company ``A'' had exercised its rights and had become owner 
    of a controlling interest in company ``B.'' The [annual revenues] of 
    both concerns must be taken into account in determining size.
        Example 2. If company ``A'' has entered into an agreement to 
    merge with company ``B'' in the future, the situation is treated as 
    though the merger has taken place. [A and B are affiliates of each 
    other].
        \185\Id. SBA's rules provide this example:
        If large company ``A'' holds 70% (70 of 100 outstanding shares) 
    of the voting stock of company ``B'' and gives a third party an 
    option to purchase 66 of the 70 shares owned by company ``A,'' 
    company ``B'' will be deemed to be an affiliate of company ``A'' 
    until the third party actually exercises its option to purchase such 
    shares. In order to prevent large company ``A'' from circumventing 
    the intent of the regulation which [gives] present effect to stock 
    options, the option is not considered to have present effect in this 
    case.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        208. Voting and Other Trusts. In a similar vein, we also borrow 
    from the SBA's rules and our own rules in other services to find 
    affiliation under certain voting trusts in order to prevent a 
    circumvention of eligibility rules. The SBA's rules provide that a 
    voting trust, or similar agreement, cannot be used to separate voting 
    power from beneficial ownership of voting stock for the purpose of 
    shifting control of or the power to control an outside concern, if the 
    primary purpose of the trust is to meet size eligibility rules.\186\ 
    Similarly, under the Commission's broadcast multiple ownership rules, 
    stock interests held in trust may be attributed to any person who holds 
    or shares the power to vote such stock, has the sole power to sell such 
    stock, has the right to revoke the trust at will or to replace the 
    trustee at will.\187\ Also, under the broadcast rules, if a trustee has 
    a familial, personal or extra-trust business relationship to the 
    grantor or the beneficiary of a trust, the stock interests held in 
    trust will be considered assets of the grantor or beneficiary, as 
    appropriate.\188\ Because we believe the broadcast rules provide more 
    definitive guidance in this particular area, we shall use them as a 
    model for the affiliation rules adopted here. Thus, for example, if an 
    investor with an attributable interest in a PCS applicant holds a 
    beneficial interest in stock of another firm that amounts to a 
    controlling interest in that other firm, depending on the identity of 
    the trustee, the other firm may be considered an affiliate and its 
    assets and gross revenues may be attributed to the PCS applicant.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \186\13 CFR Sec. 121.401(g).
        \187\See 47 CFR Sec. 73.3555 note 2(e).
        \188\Id.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        209. Officers, Directors and Key Employees. Under the SBA's 
    affiliation rules, affiliations also generally arise where persons 
    serve as the officers, directors or key employees of another concern 
    and they represent a majority or controlling element of that other 
    concern's board of directors and/or management of the outside 
    entity.\189\ We shall adopt an identical rule. Thus, if a person with 
    an attributable interest in a broadband PCS applicant, through his or 
    her other key employment positions or positions on the board of another 
    firm, controls that other firm, then the other firm will be considered 
    an affiliate of the applicant. Such affiliations may or may not result 
    in the applicant's exceeding our size limitations. As this rule 
    reflects, for purposes of attributing the financial position of an 
    outside entity in this context, officers and directors of an outside 
    concern are not foreclosed entirely from holding attributable or non-
    attributable interests in a PCS applicant. Whether or not such persons 
    control the outside entity, we also do not want to prohibit these 
    persons, who may be experienced in the telecommunications, finance, or 
    communications and equipment industries, from assisting start-up 
    companies in PCS by serving as officers or directors of the applicant. 
    Thus, under our general attribution rule, if such persons serving as 
    officers or directors of the applicant do not control the applicant or 
    otherwise have an attributable interest in the applicant, their outside 
    affiliations (even if controlling) will not be considered at all for 
    purposes of determining the applicant's eligibility under our 
    rules.\190\
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \189\See 13 CFR Sec. 121.401(h). A key employee is an employee 
    who, because of his/her position in the concern, has a critical 
    influence in or substantive control over the operations or 
    management of the concern. 13 CFR Sec. 121.405.
        \190\SBA's size standard affiliation rules also provide that 
    affiliations can arise in a variety of other scenarios, such as 
    where one concern is dependent upon another for contracts and 
    business, where firms share joint facilities, or have joint venture 
    of franchise license agreements. To the extent we believe these 
    rules may have general applicability in the context of our policies 
    for broadband PCS, we shall codify them in our affiliate rules. We 
    caution parties that issues relating to de facto control of the 
    applicant (or parties with attributable interests in the applicant) 
    could also arise under arrangements not expressly codified in the 
    rules.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        210. Affiliation Through Identity of Interest: Family and Spousal 
    Relationships. As expressed in the SBA's rules, an affiliation may 
    arise not only through control, but out of an ``identity of interest'' 
    between or among parties. See 13 CFR Sec. 121.401(a)(2)(iii). For 
    example, affiliation can arise between or among members of the same 
    family or persons with common investments in more than one concern. In 
    determining who controls or has the power to control an entity, persons 
    with an identity of interests may be treated as though they were one 
    person. 13 CFR Sec. 121.401(d). For example, if two shareholders in 
    Corporation X are both attributable shareholders in the PCS applicant, 
    to the extent that together they have the power to control Corporation 
    X, Corporation X may be deemed an affiliate of the applicant.
        211. Similarly, as under the SBA rules, we must consider spousal 
    and other family relationships in determining whether an affiliation 
    exists. Under the SBA rules for determining small business status, for 
    example, members of the same family may be treated as though they were 
    one person because they have an ``identity of interest.'' 13 CFR 
    Sec. 121.401(d). Likewise, in order to determine whether individuals 
    are economically disadvantaged, the SBA rules governing eligibility for 
    participation in the government's ``section 8(a)'' program for socially 
    and economically disadvantaged small businesses have special provisions 
    for attributing spousal interests. The latter rules provide generally 
    that half of the jointly-owned interests of an applicant and his or her 
    spouse must be attributed to the applicant for purposes of determining 
    the applicant's net worth. See 13 CFR Sec. 124.106(a)(2)(i)(A)(1).
        212. In the context of the auction eligibility rules at issue here, 
    we begin by clarifying that our reason for considering spousal and 
    kinship relationships is not to determine whether the spouse or other 
    kin of a woman-owned applicant actually is controlling the applicant, 
    thereby violating our eligibility rules for woman-owned businesses. As 
    discussed above, our rules do not embody any presumptions concerning 
    spousal control in that context.\191\ Rather, our objective here is to 
    ensure both that entities permitted to bid in the entrepreneurs' blocks 
    are actually in need of special financial assistance and that otherwise 
    ineligible entities do not circumvent the rules prohibiting entry by 
    funding family members that purport to be eligible applicants.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \191\See supra 189.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        213. In formulating these rules, we need to consider also that, as 
    a practical matter, it will not be possible for us prior to the 
    auctions to resolve all questions that pertain to the individual 
    circumstances of particular applicants. Furthermore, if we determine 
    subsequent to an auction that a winning bidder in fact was ineligible 
    to bid because of spousal or kinship relationships, not only will 
    authorization of service be delayed but, as discussed above, 
    disqualified applicants may be subject to substantial penalties. In 
    these circumstances, we think that the public interest requires that we 
    endeavor, insofar as possible, to establish brightline tests for 
    determining when the financial interests of spouses and other kin 
    should be attributed to the applicant.
        214. We have decided that, for purposes of determining whether the 
    financial limitations in our eligibility rules have been met, we will 
    in every instance attribute the financial interests of an applicant's 
    spouse to the applicant. This will resolve any concern that an 
    applicant might transfer his or her assets to a spouse in order to 
    satisfy the personal net worth or control restrictions that apply to 
    eligible entities. For example, an applicant could not transfer stock 
    or other assets to his or her spouse and thereby dispose of interests 
    that, if held by the applicant, would render the applicant ineligible. 
    Just as importantly, this approach will resolve any concern that an 
    applicant might participate in bidding in the entrepreneurs' blocks by 
    using the personal assets of an ineligible spouse, which would defeat 
    entirely the objective of excluding very large entities from bidding in 
    these blocks.
        215. In adopting this rule, we fully recognize that instances could 
    arise in which, if all factors were considered, attributing a spouse's 
    financial interests to the applicant could lead to harsh results. As a 
    general matter, however, we think it provides a workable bright-line 
    standard that resolves fully our policy concerns and avoids undesirable 
    ambiguity concerning the nature of our requirements. As in the SBA 
    rules, however, one exception is clearly warranted; this affiliation 
    standard would not apply if the applicant and his or her spouse are 
    subject to a legal separation recognized by a court of competent 
    jurisdiction. In calculating their personal net worth, investors in the 
    applicant who are legally separated must, of course, still include 
    their share of interests in community property held with a spouse.
        216. As indicated above, circumstances could also arise in which 
    other kinship relationships are used as a means to evade our 
    eligibility requirements. Because we believe kinship relationships in 
    many cases do not present the same potential for abuse that exists with 
    spousal relationships, particularly in terms of the ``identity of 
    interests'' that are likely to exist between the persons involved, we 
    shall adopt a more relaxed standard for determining when kinship 
    interests must be attributed to applicants. In this area, we shall 
    follow the same standard that is applied by the SBA when interpreting 
    its ``identity of interest'' rule described above. Specifically, an 
    identity of interests between family members and applicants will be 
    presumed to exist, but the presumption can be rebutted by showing that 
    the family members are estranged, or that their family ties are remote, 
    or that the family members are not closely related in business matters. 
    See generally Texas-Capital Contractors, Inc. v. Abdnor, 933 F.2d 261 
    (5th Cir. 1990). For purposes of determining who is a family member 
    under this rule, we shall use a definition that is identical to the 
    definition of ``immediate family member'' in the SBA's rules, 13 CFR 
    Sec. 124.100.
        217. In appropriate cases, an applicant should be able to rebut the 
    presumption regarding kinship affiliations with relative ease, simply 
    by demonstrating that the applicant has no close relationship in 
    business matters with the relevant family members. Of course, should 
    such business relationships arise with a winning applicant after the 
    auction, we might need to consider whether the applicant intended to 
    circumvent the requirements of our eligibility rules. Our holding 
    period rule, which, as discussed above, requires that winning bidders 
    in the entrepreneurs' blocks maintain an ownership structure meeting 
    our eligibility requirements for five years, will serve as an 
    additional safeguard against possible abuses arising from kinship 
    relationships.
    
    VIII. Conclusion, Procedural Matters, and Ordering Clauses
    
    A. Conclusion
    
        218. In fashioning rules for competitive bidding for broadband PCS 
    licenses, we seek to promote the public policy goals set forth for us 
    by Congress. We believe that the rules adopted in this Fifth Report and 
    Order satisfy this objective. These rules should facilitate the rapid 
    implementation of new broadband communications services through 
    advanced technologies and efficient spectrum use, thus advancing the 
    public interest by providing consumers with competitive and innovative 
    wireless voice and data services and also fostering economic growth. 
    The rules will allow for the public to recover a portion of the value 
    of the public spectrum, and will promote access to broadband PCS 
    services by consumers, producers and new entrants by ensuring that 
    small businesses, rural telephone companies and businesses owned by 
    minorities and women will have genuine opportunities to participate in 
    the auctions and in the provision of service. We expect that the advent 
    of PCS will benefit consumers by raising the overall level of 
    competition in many already competitive segments of the 
    telecommunications industry and providing competition in others for the 
    first time, promote job creation in the communications and information 
    sector of the domestic economy, and enhance productivity and efficiency 
    in industry as a whole.
    
    B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    
        219. Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, an Initial 
    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was incorporated in the Notice 
    of Proposed Rule Making in PP Docket No. 93-253. Written comments on 
    the IRFA were requested. The Commission's final analysis is as follows:
        220. Need for and purpose of the action. This rule making 
    proceeding was initiated to implement Section 309(j) of the 
    Communications Act, as amended. The rules adopted herein will carry out 
    Congress's intent to establish a system of competitive bidding for 
    broadband PCS licenses. The rules adopted herein also will carry out 
    Congress's intent to ensure that small businesses, rural telephone 
    companies, and businesses owned by women and minorities are afforded an 
    opportunity to participate in the provision of spectrum-based services.
        221. Issues raised in response to the IRFA. The IRFA noted that the 
    proposals under consideration in the NPRM included the possibility of 
    new reporting and recordkeeping requirements for a number of small 
    business entities. No commenters responded specifically to the issues 
    raised in the IRFA. We have made some modifications to the proposed 
    requirements as appropriate.
        222. Significant alternatives considered and rejected. All 
    significant alternatives have been addressed in the Fifth Report and 
    Order.
    
    C. Ordering Clauses
    
        223. Accordingly, it is ordered that part 24 of the Commission's 
    Rules is amended as set forth in the attachment hereto.
        224. It is further ordered that the rules changes made herein will 
    become effective 30 days after their publication in the Federal 
    Register. This action is taken pursuant to Sections 4(i), 303(r) and 
    309(j) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 
    Secs. 154(i), 303(r) and 309(j).
    
    List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 24
    
        Radio.
    
    Federal Communications Commission.
    William F. Caton,
    Acting Secretary.
    
    Final Rules
    
        Part 24 of Chapter I of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations 
    is amended as follows:
    
    PART 24--PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
    
        1. The authority citation for Part 24 continues to read as follows:
    
        Authority: Secs. 4, 301, 302, 303, 309 and 332, 48 Stat. 1066, 
    1082, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 154, 301, 302, 303, 309 and 332, unless 
    otherwise noted.
    
    
    Sec. 24.204  [Amended]
    
        2. Section 24.204 is amended by replacing references to ``Section 
    24.305'' and ``Section 24.307'' in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2), 
    respectively, with ``Sec. 24.705'' and ``Sec. 24.707''.
        3. A new subpart H consisting of Secs. 24.701 through 24.720 is 
    added to Part 24 to read as follows:
    
    Subpart H--Competitive Bidding Procedures for Broadband PCS
    
    Sec.
    24.701  Broadband PCS subject to competitive bidding.
    24.702  Competitive bidding design for Broadband PCS licensing.
    24.703  Competitive bidding mechanisms.
    24.704  Withdrawal, default and disqualification penalties.
    24.705  Bidding application (FCC Form 175 and 175-S Short-Form).
    24.706  Submission of upfront payments and down payments.
    24.707  Long-form applications.
    24.708  License grant, denial, default, and disqualification.
    24.709  Eligibility for licenses for frequency Blocks C and F.
    24.710  Limitation on licenses won at auction for frequency Blocks C 
    and F.
    24.711  Installment payments for licenses for frequency Blocks C and 
    F.
    24.712  Bidding credits for licenses for frequency Blocks C and F.
    24.713  Tax certificates.
    24.714  Eligibility for partitioned licenses.
    24.720  Definitions.
    
    Subpart H--Competitive Bidding Procedures for Broadband PCS
    
    
    Sec. 24.701  Broadband PCS subject to competitive bidding.
    
        Mutually exclusive initial applications to provide broadband PCS 
    service are subject to competitive bidding procedures. The general 
    competitive bidding procedures found in 47 CFR Part 1, Subpart Q will 
    apply unless otherwise provided in this part.
    
    
    Sec. 24.702  Competitive bidding design for Broadband PCS licensing.
    
        (a) The Commission will employ the following competitive bidding 
    designs when choosing from among mutually exclusive initial 
    applications to provide broadband PCS service:
        (1) Simultaneous multiple round auctions.
        (2) Sequential auctions.
        (b) The Commission may design and test alternative procedures. The 
    Commission will announce by Public Notice before each auction the 
    competitive bidding design to be employed in a particular auction.
        (c) The Commission may use combinatorial bidding, which would allow 
    bidders to submit all or nothing bids on combinations of licenses, in 
    addition to bids on individual licenses. The Commission may require 
    that to be declared the high bid, a combinatorial bid must exceed the 
    sum of the individual bids by a specified amount or percentage. 
    Combinatorial bidding may be used with any type of auction design.
        (d) The Commission may use single combined auctions, which combine 
    bidding for two or more substitutable licenses and award licenses to 
    the highest bidders until the available licenses are exhausted. This 
    technique may be used in conjunction with any type of auction.
    
    
    Sec. 24.703  Competitive bidding mechanisms.
    
        (a) Sequencing. The Commission will establish and may vary the 
    sequence in which broadband PCS licenses will be auctioned.
        (b) Grouping. In the event the Commission uses either a 
    simultaneous multiple round competitive bidding design or combinatorial 
    bidding, the Commission will determine which licenses will be auctioned 
    simultaneously or in combination.
        (c) Reservation Price. The Commission may establish a reservation 
    price, either disclosed or undisclosed, below which a license subject 
    to auction will not be awarded.
        (d) Minimum Bid Increments. The Commission will, by announcement 
    before or during an auction, require minimum bid increments in dollar 
    or percentage terms.
        (e) Stopping Rules. The Commission will establish stopping rules 
    before or during multiple round auctions in order to terminate an 
    auction within a reasonable time.
        (f) Activity Rules. The Commission will establish activity rules 
    which require a minimum amount of bidding activity. In the event that 
    the Commission establishes an activity rule in connection with a 
    simultaneous multiple round auction, each bidder will be entitled to 
    request and will be automatically granted one waiver of such rule 
    during each auction stage.
        (g) Suggested Minimum Bid. The Commission may establish suggested 
    minimum bids on each license. Bids below the suggested minimum bid 
    would count as activity under the activity rule only if no bids at or 
    above the suggested minimum bid are received.
    
    
    Sec. 24.704  Withdrawal, default and disqualification penalties.
    
        (a) When the Commission conducts a simultaneous multiple round 
    auction pursuant to Sec. 24.702(a)(1), the Commission will impose 
    penalties on bidders who withdraw high bids during the course of an 
    auction, who default on payments due after an auction closes, or who 
    are disqualified.
        (1) Bid withdrawal prior to close of auction. A bidder who 
    withdraws a high bid during the course of an auction will be subject to 
    a penalty equal to the difference between the amount bid and the amount 
    of the winning bid the next time the license is offered by the 
    Commission. No withdrawal penalty would be assessed if the subsequent 
    winning bid exceeds the withdrawn bid. This penalty amount will be 
    deducted from any upfront payments or down payments that the 
    withdrawing bidder was deposited with the Commission.
        (2) Default or disqualification after close of auction. If a high 
    bidder defaults or is disqualified after the close of such an auction, 
    the defaulting bidder will be subject to the penalty in paragraph 
    (a)(1) of this section plus an additional penalty equal to three (3) 
    percent of the subsequent winning bid. If the subsequent winning bid 
    exceeds the defaulting bidder's bid amount, the 3 percent penalty will 
    be calculated based on the defaulting bidder's bid amount. These 
    amounts will be deducted from any upfront payments or down payments 
    that the defaulting or disqualified bidder has deposited with the 
    Commission.
        (b) When the Commission conducts sequential oral auctions pursuant 
    to Sec. 24.702(a)(2), the Commission may modify the penalties set forth 
    in subsection (a) above to be paid in the event of bid withdrawal, 
    default or disqualification; provided, however, that such penalties 
    shall not exceed the penalties specified above.
        (1) If a bid is withdrawn before the Commission has declared the 
    bidding to be closed for the license bid on, no bid withdrawal penalty 
    will be assessed.
        (2) If a bid is withdrawn after the Commission has declared the 
    bidding to be closed for the license bid on, the penalty specified in 
    paragraph (a)(2) of this section will apply.
    
    
    Sec. 24.705  Bidding application (FCC Form 175 and 175-S Short-Form).
    
        All applicants to participate in competitive bidding for broadband 
    PCS licenses must submit applications on FCC Forms 175 and 175-S 
    pursuant to the provisions of Secs. 1.2105 of the Chapter and 24.813. 
    The Commission will issue a Public Notice announcing the availability 
    of broadband PCS licenses and, in the event that mutually exclusive 
    applications are filed, the date of the auction for those licenses. 
    This Public Notice also will specify the date on or before which 
    applicants intending to participate in a broadband PCS auction must 
    file their applications in order to be eligible for that auction, and 
    it will contain information necessary for completion of the application 
    as well as other important information such as the materials which must 
    accompany the Forms, any filing fee that must accompany the application 
    or any upfront payment that will need to be submitted, and the location 
    where the application must be filed.
    
    
    Sec. 24.706  Submission of upfront payments and down payments.
    
        (a) Where the Commission uses simultaneous multiple round auctions 
    or oral sequential auctions, bidders will be required to submit an 
    upfront payment in accordance with Sec. 1.2106 of this Chapter and 
    Sec. 24.711(a)(1).
        (b) Winning bidders in an auction must submit a down payment to the 
    Commission in accordance with Sec. 1.2107(b) of this Chapter and 
    Sec. 24.711(a)(2).
    
    
    Sec. 24.707  Long-form applications.
    
        Each winning bidder will be required to submit a long-form 
    application on FCC Form 401, as modified, within ten (10) business days 
    after being notified that it is the winning bidder. Applications on FCC 
    Form 401 shall be submitted pursuant to the procedures set forth in 
    Subpart I of this Part and Sec. 1.2107 (c) and (d) of this Chapter and 
    any associated Public Notices. Only auction winners (and applicants 
    seeking partitioned licenses pursuant to agreements with auction 
    winners under Sec. 24.714) will be eligible to file applications on FCC 
    Form 401 for initial broadband PCS licenses in the event of mutual 
    exclusivity between applicants filing Form 175. Winning bidders need 
    not complete Schedule B to Form 401.
    
    
    Sec. 24.708  License grant, denial, default, and disqualification.
    
        (a) Except with respect to entities eligible for installment 
    payments (see Sec. 24.711), each winning bidder will be required to pay 
    the balance of its winning bid in a lump sum payment within five (5) 
    business days following the award of the license. Grant of the license 
    will be conditioned upon full and timely payment of the winning bid 
    amount.
        (b) A bidder who withdraws its bid subsequent to the close of 
    bidding, defaults on a payment due or is disqualified will be subject 
    to the penalties specified in Sec. 1.2109 of this Chapter.
    
    
    Sec. 24.709  Eligibility for licenses for frequency Blocks C and F.
    
        (a) General Rule. (1) No application is acceptable for filing and 
    no license shall be granted for frequency Block C or frequency Block F, 
    unless the applicant, together with its affiliates and persons holding 
    interests in the applicant and their affiliates, have gross revenues of 
    less than $125 million in each of the last two calender years and total 
    assets of less than $500 million at the time the applicant's short-form 
    (Form 175) application is filed.
        (2) No application is acceptable for filing and no license shall be 
    granted for frequency Block C or frequency Block F, if, at the time the 
    application is filed, the applicant (or person holding an interest in 
    the applicant) is an individual and he or she (or affiliates) has $100 
    million or greater in personal net worth at the time the applicant's 
    short-form (Form 175) application is filed.
        (3) Any licensee awarded a license pursuant to this section (or 
    pursuant to Sec. 24.839(d)(2)) shall maintain its eligibility until at 
    least five years from the date of initial license grant, except that 
    increased gross revenues, increased total assets or personal net worth 
    due to non-attributable equity investments (i.e., from sources whose 
    revenues, total assets and personal net worth are not considered under 
    paragraph (b)(4) of this section), debt financing, revenue from 
    operations, business development or expanded service shall not be 
    considered.
        (b) Attribution and Aggregation of Gross Revenues, Total Assets, 
    and Personal Net Worth. (1) Except as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) 
    and (4) of this section, the gross revenues and total assets of the 
    applicant (or licensee) and its affiliates, and other persons that hold 
    interests in the applicant (or licensee) and their affiliates shall be 
    considered on a cumulative basis and aggregated for purposes of 
    determining whether the applicant (or licensee) is eligible for a 
    license for frequency Block C or frequency Block F under this section.
        (2) the personal net worth of individual applicants (or licensees) 
    and other persons that hold interests in the applicant (or licensee), 
    and their affiliates, if under the amount in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
    section, shall not be considered for purposes of determining whether 
    the applicant (or licensee) is eligible for a license for frequency 
    Block C or frequency Block F under this section.
        (3) Where an applicant (or licensee) is a consortium of small 
    businesses, the gross revenues and total assets of each small business 
    shall not be aggregated.
        (4) (i) The gross revenues, total assets and personal net worth of 
    a person that holds an interest in the applicant (or licensee) shall 
    not be considered for purposes of determining financial eligibility so 
    long as:
        (A) Such person holds no more than 25 percent of the applicant's 
    (or licensee's) passive equity and is not a member of the applicant's 
    (or licensee's) control group; and
        (B) The applicant (or licensee) has a control group that owns at 
    least 25 percent of the applicant's (or licensee's) total equity and, 
    if a corporation, holds at least 50.1 percent of the applicant's (or 
    licensee's) voting interests.
        (ii) The gross revenues, total assets and personal net worth of a 
    person that holds an interest in the applicant (or licensee) shall not 
    be considered for purposes of determining financial eligibility so long 
    as:
        (A) Such person holds no more than 49.9 percent of the applicant's 
    (or licensee's) passive equity and is not a member of the applicant's 
    (or licensee's) control group; and
        (B) The applicant (or licensee) has a control group that consists 
    entirely of members of minority groups and/or women and that owns at 
    least 50.1 percent of the applicant's (or licensee's) total equity and, 
    if a corporation, at least 50.1 percent of the applicant's (or 
    licensee's) voting interests.
        (iii) The gross revenues, total assets and personal net worth of a 
    person that holds an interest in the applicant (or licensee) shall not 
    be considered for purposes of determining financial eligibility so long 
    as:
        (A) Such person owns no more than 25 percent of the applicant's (or 
    licensee's) total equity, which shall include not more than 15 percent 
    of the voting stock;
        (B) The applicant (or licensee) is a publicly traded corporation; 
    and
        (C) The applicant (or licensee) has an eligible control group that 
    holds at least 50.1 percent of the voting stock, if a corporation, and 
    at least 25 percent of the applicant's (or licensee's) equity.
    
        Note: Ownership interests shall be calculated on a fully diluted 
    basis; all agreements such as warrants, stock options and 
    convertible debentures will generally be treated as if the rights 
    thereunder already have been fully exercised, except that the such 
    agreements may not be used to appear to terminate or divest 
    ownership interests before they actually do so.
    
        (c) Short-Form Application Certification; Long-Form Application 
    Disclosure. (1) All applicants for a license for frequency Block C or 
    frequency Block F shall certify on its short-form application (Form 
    175) that they are eligible to bid on and obtain licenses in those 
    blocks pursuant to this section.
        (2) In addition to the requirements in subpart I, all applicants 
    that are winning bidders on frequency Blocks C and F shall, in an 
    exhibit to their long-form applications--
        (i) Identify each member of the applicant's control group, 
    regardless of the size of the member's total interest in the applicant, 
    and each member's minority group or gender classification, if 
    applicable;
        (ii) Disclose the gross revenues and total assets of the applicant 
    and its affiliates, and other persons that hold interests in the 
    applicant and their affiliates (including all members of the 
    applicant's control group), unless exempted under paragraph (b)(4) of 
    this section; and
        (iii) Certify that the personal net worth of the applicant (if an 
    individual), each affiliates and each person that hold an interest in 
    the applicant is less than $100 million.
        (d) Audits. Applicants and licensees claiming eligibility under 
    this section shall be subject to random audits by the Commission.
        (e) Definitions. The terms affiliate, business owned by members of 
    minority groups and women, consortium of small businesses, control 
    group, gross revenues, members of minority groups, passive equity, 
    personal net worth, publicly traded corporation, and total assets used 
    in this section are defined in Sec. 24.720.
    
    
    Sec. 24.710  Limitation on licenses won at auction for frequency Blocks 
    C and F.
    
        (a) No applicant may be deemed the winning bidder of more than 98 
    of the licenses available for frequency Blocks C and F. Any applicant 
    who is the high bidder for more than 98 of the licenses available for 
    frequency Blocks C and F shall be required to withdraw its bid(s) for a 
    sufficient number of licenses to achieve compliance with this section 
    and may be subject to bid withdrawal penalties under Sec. 24.704.
        (b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, licenses will be 
    deemed to be won by the same bidder if an entity that controls or has 
    the power to control any applicant that wins licenses at the auction, 
    has the power to control any other applicant that wins licenses at the 
    auction.
    
    
    Sec. 24.711  Installment payments for licenses for frequency Blocks C 
    and F.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this 
    section, an applicant that has $75 million or less in gross revenues in 
    each of the preceding two calendar years and that is a winning bidder 
    for frequency Blocks C or F in a BTA market other than the fifty 
    largest markets and any eligible applicant that is a winning bidder for 
    frequency Blocks C or F in one of the fifty largest BTA markets, may 
    pay the full amount of its winning bid in installments as follows:
        (1) Each eligible bidder shall pay an upfront payment of $0.015 per 
    MHz per pop for the maximum number of licenses (in terms of MHz-pops) 
    on which it intends to bid.
        (2) Each winning bidder shall make a down payment equal to ten 
    percent of their winning bids; a winning bidder shall bring its total 
    amount on deposit with the Commission (including upfront payment) to 
    five percent of its winning bids within five business days after the 
    auction closes and the remainder of the down payment (five percent) 
    shall be paid within five business days after the application required 
    by Sec. 24.809(b) is granted.
        (3) Each eligible licensee shall pay the remainder of its winning 
    bids in installment payments with interest imposed based on the rate 
    for ten-year U.S. Treasury obligations applicable on the date the 
    license is granted, plus 2.5 percent; interest-only payments for the 
    first year; and principal and interest payments amortized over the 
    remaining nine years of the license.
        (4) For purposes of determining whether an applicant has $75 
    million or less in gross revenues, gross revenues shall be attributed 
    to the applicant and aggregated as provided in Sec. 24.709(b), except 
    that Sec. 24.709(b)(4)(iii) shall not apply.
        (b) An applicant that qualifies as a business owned by members of 
    minority groups and/or women may pay the full amount of its winning bid 
    in installments in the same manner as in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) 
    of this section, except that interest-only payments may be paid for the 
    first three years and interest shall be paid at the rate for ten-year 
    U.S. Treasury obligations applicable on the date the license is 
    granted.
        (c) An applicant that qualifies as a small business or as a 
    consortium of small businesses may pay the full amount of its winning 
    bid in installments in the same manner as in paragraphs (a)(1) and 
    (a)(2) of this section, except that interest-only payments may be paid 
    for the first two years.
        (d) An applicant that qualifies as a small business owned by 
    members of minority groups and/or women or as a consortium of small 
    businesses owned by members of minority groups and/or women may pay the 
    full amount of its winning bid in installments in the same manner as in 
    paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, except that interest-only 
    payments may be paid for the first five years and interest shall be 
    paid at the rate for ten-year U.S. Treasury obligations applicable on 
    the date the license is granted.
        (e) Unjust Enrichment. (1) If a licensee that utilizes installment 
    financing under this section seeks to assign or transfer control of its 
    license to an entity not meeting the eligibility standards for 
    installment payments, the licensee must make full payment of the 
    remaining unpaid principal and any unpaid interest accrued through the 
    date of assignment or transfer as a condition of approval.
        (2) If a licensee that utilizes installment financing under this 
    section seeks to make any change in ownership structure that would 
    result in the licensee losing eligibility for installment payments, the 
    licensee shall first seek Commission approval and must make full 
    payment of the remaining unpaid principal and any unpaid interest 
    accrued through the date of assignment or transfer as a condition of 
    approval. Increases in gross revenues or total assets that result from 
    equity investments that are not attributable to the licensee under 
    Sec. 24.709(b)(4), revenues from operations, business development or 
    expanded service shall not be considered changes in ownership structure 
    under this paragraph.
        (3) If a licensee seeks to make any change in ownership that would 
    result in the licensee qualifying for a less favorable installment plan 
    under paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section, the licensee shall 
    seek Commission approval and must adjust its payment plan to reflect 
    its new eligibility status under paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this 
    section. A licensee may not switch its payment plan to a more favorable 
    plan.
    
    
    Sec. 24.712  Bidding credits for licenses for frequency Blocks C and F.
    
        (a) A winning bidder that qualifies as a small business or a 
    consortium of small businesses may use a bidding credit of ten percent 
    to lower the cost of its winning bid.
        (b) A winning bidder that qualifies as a business owned by members 
    of minority groups and/or women may use a bidding credit of fifteen 
    percent to lower the cost of its winning bid.
        (c) A winning bidder that qualifies as a small business owned by 
    members of minority groups and/or women or a consortium of small 
    business owned by members of minority groups and/or women may use a 
    bidding credit of twenty-five percent to lower the cost of its winning 
    bid.
        (d) Unjust Enrichment. (1) If a licensee that utilizes a bidding 
    credit under this section seeks to assign or transfer control of its 
    license to an entity not meeting the eligibility standards for bidding 
    credits or seeks to make any other change in ownership that would 
    result in the licensee no longer qualifying for bidding credits under 
    this section, the licensee must seek Commission approval and reimburse 
    the government for the amount of the bidding credit as a condition of 
    the approval of such assignment, transfer or other ownership change.
        (2) If a licensee that utilizes a bidding credit under this section 
    seeks to assign or transfer control of its license to an entity meeting 
    the eligibility standards for lower bidding credit or seeks to make any 
    other change in ownership that would result in the licensee qualifying 
    for a lower bidding credit under this section, the licensee must seek 
    Commission approval and reimburse the government for the difference 
    between the amount of the bidding credit obtained by the licensee and 
    the bidding credit for which the assignee, transferee or licensee is 
    eligible under this section as a condition of the approval of such 
    assignment, transfer or other ownership change.
    
    
    Sec. 24.713   Tax certificates.
    
        (a) Any non-controlling initial investor in a business owned by 
    members of minority groups and/or women and who provides ``start-up'' 
    financing, which allows such business to acquire a broadband PCS 
    license(s), and any non-controlling investor who purchases an interest 
    in a broadband PCS license held by a business owned by members of 
    minority groups and/or women within the first year after license 
    issuance, may, upon the sale or such investment or interest, request 
    from the Commission a tax certificate.
    
        Note: For purposes of this subsection, non-controlling investor 
    means any person who is not part of the control group of a business 
    owned by members of minority groups and/or women as defined in 
    Sec. 24.720(k).
    
        (b) Any broadband PCS licensee who assigns or transfer control of 
    its license to a business owned by members of minority groups and/or 
    women may request that the Commission issue the licensee a tax 
    certificate. Any licensee that obtain a broadband PCS license through 
    the benefit of a tax certificates under this subsection shall not 
    assign or transfer control of its license within one year of its 
    license grant date, unless such assignee or transferee qualifies as a 
    business owned by members of minority groups and/or women, which shall 
    not assign or transfer control of the license within one year of the 
    grant date of the assignment or transfer.
        (c) Any licensee in the Domestic Public Cellular Radio 
    Telecommunications Service who assigns or transfer control of its 
    cellular license(s) to a business owned by members of minority groups 
    and/or women may request that the Commission issue the licensee a tax 
    certificate. Such tax certificates will only be issued if the principal 
    purpose of the assignment or transfer of control is to allow the 
    cellular licensee to become eligible for a broadband PCS license(s) 
    beyond the limitations imposed on the cellular licensee by Sec. 24.204. 
    Any licensee that obtains a cellular license through the benefit of a 
    tax certificate under this paragraph shall not assign or transfer 
    control of its license within one year of its license grant date, 
    unless such assignee or transferee qualifies as a business owned by 
    members of minority groups and/or women, which shall not assign or 
    transfer control of the license within one year of the grant date of 
    the assignment or transfer.
    
    
    Sec. 24.714   Eligibility for partitioned licenses
    
        (a) Notwithstanding Sec. 24.202, an applicant that is a rural 
    telephone company, as defined in Sec. 24.720(e), may be granted a 
    broadband PCS license that is geographically partitioned from a 
    separately licensed MTA or BTA, so long as the MTA or BTA applicant or 
    licensee has voluntarily agreed (in writing) to partition a portion of 
    the license to the rural telephone company.
        (b) If partitioned licenses are being applied for in conjunction 
    with a license(s) to be awarded through competitive bidding 
    procedures--
        (1) The applicable procedures for filing short-form applications 
    and for submitting upfront payments and down payments contained in this 
    part and part 1 of this Chapter shall be followed by the applicant, who 
    must disclose as part of its short-form application all parties to 
    agreement(s) with or among rural telephone companies to partition the 
    license pursuant to this section, if won at auction (see 47 CFR 
    Sec. 1.2105(a)(2)(viii));
        (2) Each rural telephone company that is a party to an agreement to 
    partition the license shall file a long-form application for its 
    respective, mutually agreed-upon geographic area together with the 
    application for the remainder of the MTA or BTA filed by the auction 
    winner.
        (c) If the partitioned license is being applied for as a partial 
    assignment of the MTA or BTA license following grant of the initial 
    license, request for authorization for partial assignment of a license 
    shall be made pursuant to Sec. 24.839.
        (d) Each application for a partitioned area (long-form initial 
    application or partial assignment application) shall contain a 
    partitioning plan that must propose to establish a partitioned area to 
    be licensed that meets the following criteria:
        (1) Conforms to established geopolitical boundaries (such as county 
    lines);
        (2) Includes the wireline service area of the rural telephone 
    company applicant; and
        (3) Is reasonably related to the rural telephone company's wireline 
    service area.
        Note: A partitioned service area will be presumed to be reasonably 
    related to the rural telephone company's wireline service area if the 
    partitioned service area contains no more than twice the population 
    overlap between the rural telephone company's wireline service area and 
    the partitioned area.
        (e) Each licensee in each partitioned area will be responsible for 
    meeting the construction requirements in its area (see Sec. 24.203).
    
    
    Sec. 24.720   Definitions.
    
        (a) Scope. The definitions in this section apply to Secs. 24.709-
    24.715, unless otherwise specified in those sections.
        (b) Small Business; Consortium of Small Businesses.
        (1) A small business is an entity that
        (i) Together with its affiliates has average annual gross revenues 
    that are not more than $40 million for the preceding three calendar 
    years;
        (ii) Has no attributable investor or affiliate that has a personal 
    net worth of $40 million or more;
        (iii) Has a control group all of whose members and affiliates are 
    considered in determining whether the entity meets the $40 million 
    annual gross revenues and personal net worth standards; and
        (iv) Such control group holds 50.1 percent of the entity's voting 
    interest, if a corporation, and at least 25 percent of the entity's 
    equity on a fully diluted basis, except that a business owned by 
    members of minority groups and/or women (as defined in paragraph(c) of 
    this section) may also qualify as a small business if a control group 
    that is 100 percent composed of members of minority groups and/or women 
    holds 50.1 percent of the entity's voting interests, if a corporation, 
    and 50.1 percent of the entity's total equity on a fully diluted basis 
    and no single other investor holds more than 49.9 percent of passive 
    equity in the entity. Ownership interests shall be calculated on a 
    fully diluted basis; all agreements such as warrants, stock options and 
    convertible debentures will generally be treated as if the rights 
    thereunder already have been fully exercised, except that the such 
    agreements may not be used to appear to terminate or divest ownership 
    interests before they actually do so.
        (2) For purposes of determining whether an entity meets the $40 
    million gross revenues and $40 million personal net worth standards in 
    paragraph (b)(1) of this section, gross revenues and personal net worth 
    shall be attributed to the entity and aggregated as pro-
    vided in Sec. 24.709(b), except that
    Sec. 24.709(b)(4)(iii) shall not apply.
        (3) A small business consortium is a conglomerate organization 
    formed as a joint venture between mutually-independent business firms, 
    each of which individually satisfies the definition of a small business 
    in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
        (c) Business Owned by Members of Minority Groups and/or Women. A 
    business owned by members of minority groups and/or women is an entity:
        (1) That has a control group composed 100 percent of members of 
    minority groups and/or women who are United States Citizens, and
        (2) Such control group owns and holds 50.1 percent of the voting 
    interests, if a corporation, and
        (i) Owns and holds 50.1 percent of the total equity in the entity, 
    provided that all other investors hold passive interests; or
        (ii) Holds 25 percent of the total equity in the entity, provided 
    that no single other investor holds more than 25 percent passive equity 
    interests in the entity. Ownership interests shall be calculated on a 
    fully diluted basis; all agreements such as warrants, stock options and 
    convertible debentures will generally be treated as if the rights 
    thereunder already have been fully exercised, except that such 
    agreements may not be used to appear to terminate or divest ownership 
    interests before they actually do so.
        (d) Small Business Owned by Members of Minority Groups and/or 
    Women; Consortium of Small Businesses Owned by Members of Minority 
    Groups and/or Women. A small business owned by members of minority 
    groups and/or women is an entity that meets the definitions in both 
    paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. A consortium of small 
    businesses owned by members of minority groups and/or women a 
    conglomerate organization formed as a joint venture between mutually-
    independent business firms, each of which individually satisfies the 
    definition of a small business in paragraphs (b)(1) and (c) of this 
    section.
        (e) Rural Telephone Company. A rural telephone company is a local 
    exchange carrier having 100,000 or fewer access lines, including all 
    affiliates.
        (f) Gross Revenues. Gross revenues shall mean all income received 
    by an entity, whether earned or passive, before any deductions are made 
    for costs of doing business (e.g., cost of goods sold), as evidenced by 
    audited quarterly financial statements for the relevant period.
        (g) Total Assets. Total assets shall mean the book value (except 
    where generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) require market 
    valuation) of all property owned by an entity, whether real or 
    personal, tangible or intangible, as evidenced by the most recent 
    audited quarterly financial statements.
        (h) Personal Net Worth. Personal net worth shall mean the market 
    value of all assets (real and personal, tangible and intangible) owned 
    by an individual, less all liabilities (including personal guarantees) 
    owned by the individual in his individual capacity or as a joint 
    obligor.
        (i) Members of Minority Groups. Members of minority groups includes 
    individuals of African American, Hispanic-surnamed, American Eskimo, 
    Aleut, American Indian and Asian American extraction.
        (j) Passive Equity. Passive equity shall mean:
        (1) For corporations, non-voting stock or stock that includes no 
    more than five percent of the voting equity;
        (2) For partnerships, joint ventures and other non-corporate 
    entities, limited partnership interests and similar interests that do 
    not afford the power to exercise control of the entity.
        (k) Control Group. A control group is an entity, or a group of 
    individuals or entities that possesses de jure control and de facto 
    control of an applicant or licensee, and as to which the applicant's or 
    licensee's charters, bylaws, agreements and any other relevant 
    documents (and amendments thereto) provide:
        (1) That the entity and/or its members own unconditionally at least 
    50.1 percent of the total voting interests of a corporation;
        (2) That the entity and/or its members receive at least 50.1 
    percent of the annual distribution of any dividends paid on the voting 
    stock of a corporation;
        (3) That, in the event of dissolution or liquidation of a 
    corporation, the entity and/or its members are entitled to receive 100 
    percent of the value of each share of stock in its possession and a 
    percentage of the retained earnings of the concern that is equivalent 
    to the amount of equity held in the corporation; and
        (4) That the entity and/or its members have the right to receive 
    dividends, profits and regular and liquidating distributions from the 
    business in proportion to its interest in the total equity of the 
    applicant or licensee.
    
        Note: Voting control does not always assure de facto control, 
    such as, for example, when the voting stock of the control group is 
    widely dispersed (see, e.g., Sec. 24.270(l)(2)(iii)).
    
        (l) Affiliate. (1) An individual or entity is an affiliate of:
        (i) An applicant; or
        (ii) A person holding an attributable interest in an applicant 
    under Sec. 24.709 (both referred to herein as ``the applicant'') if 
    such individual or entity--
        (A) Directly or indirectly controls or has the power to control the 
    applicant, or
        (B) Is directly or indirectly controlled by the applicant, or
        (C) Is directly or indirectly controlled by a third party or 
    parties that also controls or has the power to control the applicant, 
    or
        (D) Has an ``identity of interest'' with the applicant.
        (2) Nature of control in determining affiliation.
        (i) Every business concern is considered to have one or more 
    parties who directly or indirectly control or have the power to control 
    it. Control may be affirmative or negative and it is immaterial whether 
    it is exercised so long as the power to control exists.
    
        Example. An applicant owning 50 percent of the voting stock of 
    another concern would have negative power to control such concern 
    since such party can block any action of the other stockholders. 
    Also, the bylaws of a corporation may permit a stockholder with less 
    than 50 percent of the voting stock to block any actions taken by 
    the other stockholders in the other entity. Affiliation exists when 
    the applicant has the power to control a concern while at the same 
    time another person, or persons, are in control of the concern at 
    the will of the party or parties with the power to control.
    
        (ii) Control can arise through stock ownership; occupancy of 
    director, officer or key employee positions; contractual or other 
    business relations; or combinations of these and other factors. A key 
    employee is an employee who, because of his/her position in the 
    concern, has a critical influence in or substantive control over the 
    operations or management of the concern.
        (iii) Control can arise through management positions where a 
    concern's voting stock is so widely distributed that no effective 
    control can be established.
    
        Example. In a corporation where the officers and directors own 
    various size blocks of stock totaling 40 percent of the 
    corporation's voting stock, but no officer or director has a block 
    sufficient to give him or her control or the power to control and 
    the remaining 60 percent is widely distributed with no individual 
    stockholder having a stock interest greater than 10 percent, 
    management has the power to control. If persons with such management 
    control of the other entity are persons with attributable interests 
    in the applicant, the other entity will be deemed an affiliate of 
    the applicant.
    
        (3) Identity of interest between and among persons. Affiliation can 
    arise between or among two or more persons with an identity of 
    interest, such as members of the same family or persons with common 
    investments. In determining if the applicant controls or has the power 
    to control a concern, persons with an identity of interest will be 
    treated as though they were one person.
    
        Example. Two shareholders in Corporation Y each have 
    attributable interests in the same PCS applilcation. While neither 
    shareholder has enough shares to individually control Corporation Y, 
    together they have the power to control Corporation Y. The two 
    shareholders with these common investments (or identity in Interest) 
    are treated as though they are one person and Corporation Y would be 
    deemed an affiliate of the applicant.
    
        (i) Spousal Affiliation. Both spouses are deemed to own or control 
    or have the power to control interests owned or controlled by either of 
    them, unless they are subject to a legal separation recognized by a 
    court of competent jurisdiction in the United States. In calculating 
    their net worth, investors who are legally separated must include their 
    share of interests in property held jointly with a spouse.
        (ii) Kinship Affiliation. Immediate family members will be presumed 
    to own or control or have the power to control interests owned or 
    controlled by other immediate family members. In this context 
    ``immediate family member'' means father, mother, husband, wife, son, 
    daughter, brother, sister, father- or mother-in-law, son- or daughter-
    in-law, brother- or sister-in-law, step-father or -mother, step-brother 
    or -sister, step-son or -daughter, half brother or sister. This 
    presumption may be rebutted by showing that
        (A) The family members are estranged,
        (B) The family ties are remote, or
        (C) The family members are not closely involved with each other in 
    business matters.
    
        Example. A owns a controlling interest in Corporation X. A's 
    sister-in-law, B, has an attributable interest in a PCS application. 
    Because A and B have a presumptive kinship affiliation, A's interest 
    in Corporation X is attributable to B, and thus to the applicant, 
    unless B rebuts the presumption with the necessary showing.
    
        (4) Affiliation through stock ownership.
        (i) An applicant is presumed to control or have the power to 
    control a concern if he or she owns or controls or has the power to 
    control 50 percent or more of its voting stock.
        (ii) An applicant is presumed to control or have the power to 
    control a concern even though he or she owns, controls or has the power 
    to control less than 50 percent of the concern's voting stock, if the 
    block of stock he or she owns, controls or has the power to control is 
    large as compared with any other outstanding block of stock.
        (iii) If two or more persons each owns, controls or has the power 
    to control less than 50 percent of the voting stock of a concern, such 
    minority holdings are equal or approximately equal in size, and the 
    aggregate of these minority holdings is large as compared with any 
    other stock holding, the presumption arises that each one of these 
    persons individually controls or has the power to control the concern; 
    however, such presumption may be rebutted by a showing that such 
    control or power to control, in fact, does not exist.
        (5) Affiliation arising under stock options, convertible 
    debentures, and agreements to merge. Stock options, convertible 
    debentures, and agreements to merge (including agreements in principle) 
    are generally considered to have a present effect on the power to 
    control the concern. Therefore, in making a size determination, such 
    options, debentures, and agreements are generally treated as though the 
    rights held thereunder had been exercised. However, an affiliate cannot 
    use such options and debentures to appear to terminate its control over 
    another concern before it actually does so.
    
        Example 1. If company B holds an option to purchase a 
    controlling interest in company A, who holds an attributable 
    interest in a PCS application, the situation is treated as though 
    company B had exercised its rights and had become owner of a 
    controlling interest in company A. The gross revenues of company B 
    must be taken into account in determining the size of the applicant.
        Example 2. If a large company, BigCo, holds 70% (70 of 100 
    outstanding shares) of the voting stock of company A, who holds an 
    attributable interest in a PCS application, and gives a third party, 
    SmallCo, an option to purchase 50 of the 70 shares owned by BigCo, 
    BigCo will be deemed to be an affiliate of company A, and thus the 
    applicant, until SmallCo actually exercises its option to purchase 
    such shares. In order to prevent BigCo from circumventing the intent 
    of the rule which requires such options to be considered on a fully 
    diluted basis, the option is not considered to have present effect 
    in this case.
        Example 3. If company A has entered into an agreement to merge 
    with company B in the future, the situation is treated as though the 
    merger has taken place.
    
        (6) Affiliation under voting trusts.
        (i) Stock interests held in trust shall be deemed controlled by any 
    person who holds or shares the power to vote such stock, to any person 
    who has the sole power to sell such stock, and to any person who has 
    the right to revoke the trust at will or to replace the trustee at 
    will.
        (ii) If a trustee has a familial, personal or extra-trust business 
    relationship to the grantor or the beneficiary, the stock interests 
    held in trust will be deemed controlled by the grantor or beneficiary, 
    as appropriate.
        (iii) If the primary purpose of a voting trust, or similar 
    agreement, is to separate voting power from beneficial ownership of 
    voting stock for the purpose of shifting control of or the power to 
    control a concern in order that such concern or another concern may 
    meet the Commission's size standards, such voting trust shall not be 
    considered valid for this purpose regardless of whether it is or is not 
    recognized within the appropriate jurisdiction.
        (7) Affiliation through common management. Affiliation generally 
    arises where officers, directors, or key employees serve as the 
    majority or otherwise as the controlling element of the board of 
    directors and/or the management of another entity.
        (8) Affiliation through common facilities. Affiliation generally 
    arises where one concern shares office space and/or employees and/or 
    other facilities with another concern, particularly where such concerns 
    are in the same or related industry or field of operations, or where 
    such concerns were formerly affiliated, and through these sharing 
    arrangements one concern has control, or potential control, of the 
    other concern.
        (9) Affiliation through contractual relationships. Affiliation 
    generally arises where one concern is dependent upon another concern 
    for contracts and business to such a degree that one concern has 
    control, or potential control, of the other concern.
        (10) Affiliation under joint venture arrangements.
        (i) A joint venture for size determination purposes is an 
    association of concerns and/or individuals, with interests in any 
    degree or proportion, formed by contract, express or implied, to engage 
    in and carry out a single, specific business venture for joint profit 
    for which purpose they combine their efforts, property, money, skill 
    and knowledge, but not on a continuing or permanent basis for 
    conducting business generally. The determination whether an entity is a 
    joint venture is based upon the facts of the business operation, 
    regardless of how the business operation may be designated by the 
    parties involved. An agreement to share profits/losses proportionate to 
    each party's contribution to the business operation is a significant 
    factor in determining whether the business operation is a joint 
    venture.
        (ii) The parties to a joint venture are considered to be affiliated 
    with each other.
        (m) Publicly Traded Corporation. A publicly traded corporation is a 
    business entity organized under the laws of the United States whose 
    shares, debt or other ownership interests are traded on an organized 
    securities exchange within the United States.
        4. A new subpart I consisting of Secs. 24.801 through 24.844 is 
    added to Part 24 to read as follows:
    
    Subpart I--Interim Application, Licensing, and Processing Rules for 
    Broadband PCS
    
    Sec.
    24.801  [Reserved]
    24.802  [Reserved]
    24.803  Authorization required.
    24.804  Eligibility.
    24.805  Formal and informal applications.
    24.806  Filing of broadband PCS applications; Fees; Number of 
    copies.
    24.807  [Reserved]
    24.808  [Reserved]
    24.809  Standard application forms and permissive changes or minor 
    modifications for the broadband Personal Communications Services.
    24.810  [Reserved]
    24.811  Miscellaneous forms.
    24.812  [Reserved]
    24.813  General application requirements.
    24.814  [Reserved]
    24.815  Technical content of applications; maintenance of list of 
    station locations.
    24.816  Station antenna structures.
    24.817  [Reserved]
    24.818  [Reserved]
    24.819  Waiver of rules.
    24.820  Defective applications.
    24.821  Inconsistent or conflicting applications.
    24.822  Amendment of application to participate in auction for 
    licenses in the broadband Personal Communications Services filed on 
    FCC Form 175.
    24.823  Amendment of applications for licenses in the broadband 
    Personal Communications Services (other than applications filed on 
    FCC Form 175).
    24.824  [Reserved]
    24.825  Application for temporary authorizations.
    24.826  Receipt of application; applications in the broadband 
    Personal Communications Services filed on FCC Form 175 and other 
    applications in the broadband Personnel Communications Services.
    24.827  Public notice period.
    24.828  Dismissal and return of applications.
    24.829  Ownership changes and agreements to amend or to dismiss 
    applications or pleadings.
    24.830  Opposition to applications.
    24.831  Mutually exclusive applications.
    24.832  Consideration of applications.
    24.833  [Reserved]
    24.834  [Reserved]
    24.835  [Reserved]
    24.836  [Reserved]
    24.837  [Reserved]
    24.838  [Reserved]
    24.839  Transfer of control or assignment of license.
    24.840  [Reserved]
    24.841  [Reserved]
    24.842  [Reserved]
    24.843  Extension of time to complete construction.
    24.844  Termination of authorization.
    
    Subpart I--Interim Application, Licensing, and Processing Rules for 
    Broadband PCS
    
    
    Sec. 24.801  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.802  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.803  Authorization required.
    
        No person shall use or operate any device for the transmission of 
    energy or communications by radio in the services authorized by this 
    part except as provided in this part.
    
    
    Sec. 24.804  Eligibility.
    
        (a) General. Authorizations will be granted upon proper application 
    if:
        (1) The applicant is qualified under all applicable laws and 
    Commission regulations, policies and decisions;
        (2) There are frequencies available to provide satisfactory 
    service; and
        (3) The public interest, convenience or necessity would be served 
    by a grant.
        (b) Alien ownership. A broadband PCS authorization to provide 
    Commercial Mobile Radio Service may not be granted to or held by:
        (1) Any alien or the representative of any alien.
        (2) Any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign 
    government.
        (3) Any corporation of which any officer or director is an alien or 
    of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock is owned of record or 
    voted by aliens or their representatives or by a foreign government or 
    representative thereof or any corporation organized under the laws of a 
    foreign country.
        (4) Any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other 
    corporation of which any officer or more than one-fourth of the 
    directors are aliens, or of which more than one-fourth of the capital 
    stock is owned of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or 
    by a foreign government or representative thereof, or by any 
    corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country, if the 
    Commission finds that the public interest will be served by the refusal 
    or revocation of such license.
        (c) A broadband PCS authorization to provide Private Mobile Radio 
    Service may not be granted to or held by a foreign government or a 
    representative thereof.
    
    
    Sec. 24.805  Formal and informal applications.
    
        (a) Except for an authorization under any of the conditions stated 
    in Section 308(a) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 
    Sec. 308(a)), the Commission may grant the following authorizations 
    only upon written application received by it: station licenses; 
    modifications of licenses; renewals of licenses; transfers and 
    assignments of station licenses, or any right thereunder.
        (b) Except as may be otherwise permitted by this part, a separate 
    written application shall be filed for each instrument of authorization 
    requested. Applications may be:
        (1) ``Formal applications'' where the Commission has prescribed in 
    this Part a standard form; or
        (2) ``Informal applications'' (normally in letter form) where the 
    Commission has not prescribed a standard form.
        (c) An informal application will be accepted for filing only if:
        (1) A standard form is not prescribed or clearly applicable to the 
    authorization requested;
        (2) It is a document submitted, in duplicate, with a caption which 
    indicates clearly the nature of the request, radio service involved, 
    location of the station, and the application file number (if known); 
    and
        (3) It contains all the technical details and informational 
    showings required by the rules and states clearly and completely the 
    facts involved and authorization desired.
    
    
    Sec. 24.806  Filing of broadband PCS applications; Fees; Numbers of 
    copies.
    
        (a) As prescribed by Secs. 24.705, 24.707 and 24.809, standard 
    formal application forms applicable to broadband PCS may be obtained 
    from either:
        (1) Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554; or
        (2) By calling the Commission's Forms Distribution Center, (202) 
    632-3676.
        (b) Applications to participate in competitive bidding for 
    broadband PCS service must be filed on FCC Form 175 in accordance with 
    the rules in Sec. 24.705 and Part 1, Subpart Q of this Chapter. In the 
    event of mutual exclusivity between applicants filing FCC Form 175, 
    only auction winners will be eligible to file subsequent long-form 
    applications on FCC Form 401 to provide broadband PCS service. Mutually 
    exclusive applications filed on FCC Form 175 are subject to competitive 
    bidding under those rules. Broadband PCS applicants filing FCC Form 401 
    need not complete Schedule B.
        (c) All applications for broadband PCS licenses (other than 
    applications to participate in competitive bidding filed on FCC Form 
    175) shall be submitted for filing to: Federal Communications 
    Commission, Washington, DC 20554, Attention: Broadband PCS Processing 
    Section.
    
    Applications requiring fees as set forth at Part 1, Subpart G of this 
    chapter must be filed in accordance with Sec. 0.401(b) of this Chapter.
        (d) All correspondence or amendments concerning a submitted 
    application shall clearly identify the name of the applicant, applicant 
    identification number or Commission file number (if known) or station 
    call sign of the application involved, and may be sent directly to the 
    Common Carrier Bureau, Broadband PCS Processing Section.
        (e) Except as otherwise specified, all applications, amendments, 
    correspondence, pleadings and forms (including FCC Form 175) shall be 
    submitted on one original paper copy and with three microfiche copies, 
    including exhibits and attachments thereto, and shall be signed as 
    prescribed by Sec. 1.743 of this Chapter. Filings of five pages or less 
    are exempt from the requirement to submit on microfiche, as are 
    emergency filings such as letters requesting special temporary 
    authority. Those filing any amendments, correspondence, pleadings and 
    forms must simultaneously submit the original hard copy which must be 
    stamped ``original''. Abbreviations may be used if they are easily 
    understood. In addition to the original hard copy, those filing 
    pleadings, including pleadings under Sec. 1.2108 of this Chapter, shall 
    also submit two paper copies as provided in Sec. 1.51 of this Chapter.
        (1) Microfiche copies. Each microfiche copy must be a copy of the 
    signed original. Each microfiche copy shall be a 148mm x 105mm negative 
    (clear transparent characters appearing on an opaque background) at 24x 
    to 27x reduction for microfiche or microfiche jackets. One of the 
    microfiche sets must be a silver halide camera master or a copy made on 
    silver halide film such as Kodak Direct Duplicatory Film. The 
    microfiche must be placed in paper microfiche envelopes and submitted 
    in a B6 (125 mm x 176 mm) or 5 x 7.5 inch envelope. All applicants must 
    leave Row ``A'' (the first row for page images) of the first fiche 
    blank for in-house identification purposes. Each microfiche copy of 
    pleadings shall include:
        (i) The month and year of the document;
        (ii) The name of the document;
        (ii) The name of the filing party;
        (iv) The file number, applicant identification number, and call 
    sign, if assigned;
        (v) The identification number and date of the Public Notice 
    announcing the auction in response to which the application was filed 
    (if applicable).
        (2) All applications and all amendments must have the following 
    information printed on the mailing envelope, the microfiche envelope, 
    and on the title area at the top of the microfiche:
        (i) The name of the applicant;
        (ii) The type of application (e.g., 30 MHz MTA, 30 MHz BTA, 10 MHz 
    BTA);
        (iii) The month and year of the document;
        (iv) The name of the document;
        (v) The file number, applicant identification number, and call 
    sign, if assigned; and
        (vi) The identification number and date of the Public Notice 
    announcing the auction in response to which the application was filed 
    (if applicable).
    
    
    Sec. 24.807  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.808  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.809  Standard application forms and permissive changes or minor 
    modifications for the broadband Personal Communications Services.
    
        (a) Applications to participate in competitive bidding for 
    broadband PCS licenses must be filed on FCC Forms 175 and 175-S.
        (b) Subsequent application by auction winners or non-mutually 
    exclusive applicants for broadband PCS licenses under Part 24. FCC Form 
    401 (``Application for New or Modified Common Carrier Radio Station 
    Under Part 22'') shall be submitted by each auction winner for each 
    broadband PCS license applied for on FCC Form 175. In the event that 
    mutual exclusivity does not exist with respect to a license identified 
    on an applicant's FCC Form 175, the Commission will so inform the 
    applicant and the applicant will also file FCC Form 401. Blanket 
    licenses are granted for each market frequency block. Applications for 
    individual sites are not needed and will not be accepted. See 
    Sec. 24.11. Broadband PCS applicants filing FCC Form 401 need not 
    complete Schedule B.
        (c) Extensions of time and reinstatement. When a licensee cannot 
    complete construction in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 24.203, 
    a timely application for extension of time (FCC Form 489) must be 
    filed.
        (d) License for mobile subscriber station--These stations are 
    considered to be associated with and covered by the authorization 
    issued to the carrier serving the land mobile station. No additional 
    authorization is required.
    
    
    Sec. 24.810  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.811  Miscellaneous forms.
    
        (a) Licensee qualifications. FCC Form 430 (``Common Carrier and 
    Satellite Radio Licensee Qualifications Report'') shall be filed by 
    broadband Personal Communications Service licensees only as required by 
    Form 490 (Application for Assignment or Transfer of Control Under Part 
    22).
        (b) Renewal of station license. Except for renewal of special 
    temporary authorizations, FCC Form 405 (``Application for Renewal of 
    Station License'') must be filed in duplicate by the licensee between 
    thirty (30) and sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date of the 
    license sought to be renewed.
    
    
    Sec. 24.812  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.813  General application requirements.
    
        (a) Each application (including applications filed on Forms 175 and 
    401) for a broadband PCS license or for consent to assign or transfer 
    control of a broadband PCS license shall disclose fully the real party 
    or parties in interest and must include in an exhibit the following 
    information:
        (1) A list of any business five percent or more of whose stock, 
    warrants, options or debt securities are owned by the applicant or an 
    officer, director, stockholder or key management personnel of the 
    applicant. This list must include a description of each such business's 
    principal business and a description of each such business's 
    relationship to the applicant.
        (2) A list of any party which holds a five percent or more interest 
    in the applicant, or any entity in which a five percent or more 
    interest is held by another party which holds a five percent or more 
    interest in the applicant (e.g., if Company A owns 5% of Company B (the 
    applicant) and 5% of Company C, then Companies A and C must be listed 
    on Company B's application).
        (3) A list of the names, addresses, citizenship and principal 
    business of any person holding five percent or more of each class of 
    stock, warrants, options or debt securities together with the amount 
    and percentage held, and the name, address, citizenship and principal 
    place of business of any person on whose account, if other than the 
    holder, such interest is held. If any of these persons are related by 
    blood or marriage, include such relationship in the statement.
        (4) In the case of partnerships, the name and address of each 
    partner, each partner's citizenship and the share or interest 
    participation in the partnership. This information must be provided for 
    all partners, regardless of their respective ownership interests in the 
    partnership. A signed and dated copy of the partnership agreement must 
    be included in the application.
        (b) Each application for a broadband PCS license must:
        (1) Submit the information required by the Commission's Rules, 
    requests and application forms;
        (2) Be maintained by the applicant substantially accurate and 
    complete in all significant respects in accordance with the provisions 
    of Sec. 1.65 of this chapter.
        (3) Show compliance with and make all special showings that may be 
    applicable;
        (c) Where documents, exhibits, or other lengthy showings already on 
    file with the Commission contain information which is required by an 
    application form, the application may specifically refer to such 
    information, if:
        (1) The information previously filed is over one A4 (21 cm x 29.7 
    cm) or 8.5 x 11 inch (21.6 cm x 27.9 cm) page in length, and all 
    information referenced therein is current and accurate in all 
    significant respects under Sec. 1.65 of this chapter; and
        (2) The reference states specifically where the previously filed 
    information can actually be found, including mention of:
        (i) The station call sign or application file number whenever the 
    reference is to station files or previously filed applications; and
        (ii) The title of the proceeding, the docket number, and any legal 
    citations, whenever the reference is to a docketed proceeding.
    
    However, question on an application form which call for specific 
    technical data, or which can be answered by a ``yes'' or ``no'' or 
    other short answer shall be answered as appropriate and shall not be 
    cross-referenced to a previous filing.
        (d) In addition to the general application requirements of Subpart 
    F and Secs. 1.2105 of this Chapter, 24.813 and 24.815, applicants shall 
    submit any additional documents, exhibits, or signed written statements 
    of fact:
        (1) As may be required by these rules; and
        (2) As the Commission, at any time after the filing of an 
    application and during the term of any authorization, may require from 
    any applicant, permittee or licensee to enable it to determine whether 
    a radio authorization should be granted, denied or revoked.
        (e) Except when the Commission has declared explicitly to the 
    contrary, an informational requirement does not in itself imply the 
    processing treatment of decisional weight to be accorded the response.
        (f) All applicants (except applicants filing FCC Form 175) are 
    required to indicate at the time their application is filed whether or 
    not a Commission grant of the application may have a significant 
    environmental impact as defined by Sec. 1.1307 of this Chapter. If 
    answered affirmatively, the requisite environmental assessment as 
    prescribed in Sec. 1.1311 of this Chapter must be filed with the 
    application and Commission environmental review must be completed prior 
    to construction. See Sec. 1.1312 of this chapter. All broadband PCS 
    licensees are subject to continuing obligation to determine whether 
    subsequent construction may have a significant environmental impact 
    prior to undertaking such construction and to otherwise comply with 
    Sec. 1.1301 through 1.1319 of this Chapter. See Sec. 1.1312 of this 
    Chapter.
    
    
    Sec. 24.814  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.815  Technical content of applications; maintenance of list of 
    station locations.
    
        (a) All applications required by this part shall contain all 
    technical information required by the application forms or associated 
    Public Notice(s). Applications other than initial applications for a 
    broadband PCS license must also comply with all technical requirements 
    of the rules governing the broadband PC (see Subparts C and E of this 
    Part as appropriate). The following paragraphs describe a number of 
    general technical requirements.
        (b) Each application (except applications for initial licenses 
    filed on Form 175) for a license for broadband PCS must comply with the 
    provisions of Secs. 24.229-24.238 of the Commission's Rules.
        (c)-(i) [Reserved]
        (j) The location of the transmitting antenna shall be considered to 
    be the station location. Broadband PCS licensees must maintain a 
    current list of all station locations, which must describe the 
    transmitting antenna site by its geographical coordinates and also by 
    conventional reference to street number, landmark, or the equivalent. 
    All such coordinates shall be specified in terms of degrees, minutes, 
    and seconds to the nearest second of latitude and longitude.
    
    
    Sec. 24.816  Station antenna structures.
    
        (a) Unless the broadband PCS licensee has received prior approval 
    from the FCC, no antenna structure, including radiating elements, 
    tower, supports and all appurtenances, may be higher than 61 m (200 
    feet) above ground level at its site.
        (b) Unless the broadband PCS licensee has received prior approval 
    from the FCC, no antenna structure that is located either at an airport 
    or heliport that is available for public use and is listed in the 
    Airport Directory of the current Airman's Information Manual or in 
    either the Alaska or Pacific Airman's Guide and Chart Supplement, or at 
    an airport or heliport under construction that is the subject of a 
    notice or proposal on file with the FAA and, except for military 
    airports, it is clearly indicated that the airport will be available 
    for public use, or at an airport or heliport that is operated by the 
    armed forces of the United States, or at a place near any of these 
    airports or heliports, may be higher than:
        (1) 1 m above the airport elevation for each 100 m from the airport 
    runway longer than 1 km within 6.1 km of the antenna structure.
        (2) 2 m above the airport elevation for each 100 m from the nearest 
    runway shorter than 1 km within 3.1 km of the antenna structure.
        (3) 4 m above the airport elevation for each 100 m from the nearest 
    landing pad within 1.5 km of the antenna structure.
        (c) A broadband PCS station antenna structure no higher than 6.1 m 
    (20 feet) above ground level at its site or no higher than 6.1 m above 
    any natural object or existing manmade structure, other than an antenna 
    structure, is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
    this section.
        (d) Further details as to whether an aeronautical study and/or 
    obstruction marking and lighting may be required, and specifications 
    for obstruction marking and lighting, are contained in Part 17 of the 
    FCC Rules, Construction, Marking and Lighting of Antenna Structures. To 
    request approval to place an antenna structure higher than the limits 
    specified in paragraph (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the licensee 
    must notify the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) on FAA Form 7460-
    1 and the FCC on FCC Form 854.
    
    
    Secs. 24.817-24.818  [Reserved]
    
    
    24.819  Waiver of rules.
    
        (a) Requests for waiver.
        (1) A waiver of these rules may be granted upon application or by 
    the Commission on its own motion. Requests for waivers shall contain a 
    statement of reason sufficient to justify a waiver. Waivers will not be 
    granted except upon an affirmative showing:
        (i) That the underlying purpose of the rule will not be served, or 
    would be frustrated, by its application in a particular case, and that 
    grant of the waiver is otherwise in the public interest; or
        (ii) That the unique facts and circumstances of a particular case 
    render application of the rule inequitable, unduly burdensome or 
    otherwise contrary to the public interest. Applicants must also show 
    the lack of a reasonable alternative.
        (2) If the information necessary to support a waiver request is 
    already on file, the applicant may cross-reference to the specific 
    filing where it may be found.
        (b) Denial of waiver, alternate showing required. If a waiver is 
    not granted, the application will be dismissed as defective unless the 
    applicant has also provided an alternative proposal which complies with 
    the Commission's rules (including any required showings).
    
    
    Sec. 24.820  Defective applications.
    
        (a) Unless the Commission shall otherwise permit, an application 
    will be unacceptable for filing and will be returned to the applicant 
    with a brief statement as to the omissions or discrepancies if:
        (1) The application is defective with respect to completeness of 
    answers to questions, informational showings, execution or other 
    matters of a formal character; or
        (2) The application does not comply with the Commission's rules, 
    regulations, specific requirements for additional information or other 
    requirements. See also Sec. 1.2105 of this Chapter.
        (b) Some examples of common deficiencies which result in defective 
    applications under paragraph (a) of this section are:
        (1) The application is not filled out completely and signed;
        (2)-(4) [Reserved]
        (5) The application (other an application filed on FCC Form 175) 
    does not include an environmental assessment as required for an action 
    that may have a significant impact upon the environment, as defined in 
    Sec. 1.1307 of this chapter.
        (6) [Reserved]
        (7) The application is filed prior to the Public Notice issued 
    under Sec. 24.705, announcing the application filing date for the 
    relevant auction or after the cutoff date prescribed in that Public 
    Notice.
        (c) [Reserved]
        (d) If an applicant is requested by the Commission to file any 
    documents or any supplementary or explanatory information not 
    specifically required in the prescribed application form, a failure to 
    comply with such request within a specified time period will be deemed 
    to render the application defective and will subject it to dismissal.
    
    
    Sec. 24.821  Inconsistent or conflicting applications.
    
        While an application is pending and undecided, no subsequent 
    inconsistent or conflicting application may be filed by the same 
    applicant, its successor or assignee, or on behalf or for the benefit 
    of the same applicant, its successor or assignee.
    
    
    Sec. 24.822  Amendment of application to participate in auction for 
    licenses in the broadband Personal Communications Services filed on FCC 
    Form 175.
    
        (a) The Commission will provide bidders a limited opportunity to 
    cure defects in FCC Form 175 specified herein except for failure to 
    sign the application and to make certifications, defects which may not 
    be cured. See also Sec. 1.2105 of this Chapter.
        (b) In the broadband PCS, the only amendments to FCC Form 175 which 
    will be permitted are minor amendments to correct minor errors or 
    defects such as typographical errors. All other amendments to FCC Form 
    175, such as changes in the information supplied pursuant to 
    Sec. 24.813(a) or changes in the identification of parties to bidding 
    consortia, will be considered to be major amendments. An FCC Form 175 
    which is amended by a major amendment will be considered to be newly 
    filed and cannot be resubmitted after applicable filing deadlines. See 
    also Sec. 1.2105 of this Chapter.
    
    
    Sec. 24.823  Amendment of applications for licenses in the broadband 
    Personal Communications Services (other than applications filed on FCC 
    Form 175).
    
        (a) Amendments as of right. A pending application may be amended as 
    a matter of right if the application has not been designated for 
    hearing.
        (1) Amendments shall comply with Sec. 24.829, as applicable; and
        (2) Amendments which resolve interference conflicts or amendments 
    under Sec. 24.829 may be filed at any time.
        (b) The Commission or the presiding officer may grant requests to 
    amend an application designated for hearing only if a written petition 
    demonstrating good cause is submitted and properly served upon the 
    parties of record.
        (c) Major amendments, minor amendments. The Commission will 
    classify all amendments as minor except in the cases listed below. An 
    amendment shall be deemed to be a major amendment subject to 
    Sec. 24.827 if it proposes a substantial change in ownership or 
    control.
        (d) If a petition to deny (or other formal objection) has been 
    filed, any amendment, request for waiver or other written communication 
    shall be served on the petitioner, unless waiver of this requirement is 
    granted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. See also Sec. 1.2108 
    of this Chapter.
        (e) The Commission may waive the service requirements of paragraph 
    (d) of this section and prescribe such alternative procedures as may be 
    appropriate under the circumstances to protect petitioners' interests 
    and to avoid undue delay in a proceeding, if an applicant submits a 
    request for waiver which demonstrates that the service requirement is 
    unreasonably burdensome.
        (f) Any amendment to an application shall be signed and shall be 
    submitted in the same manner, and with the same number of copies, as 
    was the original application. Amendments may be made in letter form if 
    they comply in all other respects with the requirements of this 
    chapter.
        (g) An application will be considered to be a newly-filed 
    application if it is amended by a major amendment (as defined in this 
    section), except in the following circumstances:
        (1) [Reserved]
        (2) [Reserved]
        (3) The amendment reflects only a change in ownership or control 
    found by the Commission to be in the public interest;
        (4) [Reserved]
        (5) The amendment corrects typographical transcription or similar 
    clerical errors which are clearly demonstrated to be mistakes by 
    reference to other parts of the application, and whose discovery does 
    not create new or increased frequency conflicts;
    
    
    Sec. 24.824  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.825  Application for temporary authorizations.
    
        (a) In circumstances requiring immediate or temporary use of 
    facilities, request may be made for special temporary authority to 
    install and/or operate new or modified equipment. Any such request may 
    be submitted as an informal application in the manner set forth in 
    Sec. 24.805 and must contain full particulars as to the proposed 
    operation including all facts sufficient to justify the temporary 
    authority sought and the public interest therein. No such request will 
    be considered unless the request is received by the Commission at least 
    10 days prior to the date of proposed construction or operation or, 
    where an extension is sought, at least 10 days prior to the expiration 
    date of the existing temporary authorization. The Commission may accept 
    a late-filed request upon due showing of sufficient reasons for the 
    delay in submitting such request.
        (b) Special temporary authorizations may be granted without regard 
    to the 30-day public notice requirements of Sec. 24.827(b) when:
        (1) The authorization is for a period not to exceed 30 days and no 
    application for regular operation is contemplated to be filed;
        (2) The authorization is for a period not to exceed 60 days pending 
    the filing of an application for such regular operation;
        (3) The authorization is to permit interim operation to facilitate 
    completion of authorized construction or to provide substantially the 
    same service as previously authorized; or
        (4) The authorization is made upon a finding that there are 
    extraordinary circumstances requiring operation in the public interest 
    and that delay in the institution of such service would seriously 
    prejudice the public interest.
        (c) Temporary authorizations of operation not to exceed 180 days 
    may be granted under the standards of Section 309(f) of the 
    Communications Act where extraordinary circumstances so require. 
    Extensions of the temporary authorization for a period of 180 days each 
    may also be granted, but the applicant bears a heavy burden to show 
    that extraordinary circumstances warrant such an extension.
        (d) In cases of emergency found by the Commission, involving danger 
    to life or property or due to damage of equipment, or during a national 
    emergency proclaimed by the president or declared by the Congress or 
    during the continuance of any war in which the United States is engaged 
    and when such action is necessary for the national defense or safety or 
    otherwise in furtherance of the war effort, or in cases of emergency 
    where the Commission finds that it would not be feasible to secure 
    renewal applications from existing licensees or otherwise to follow 
    normal licensing procedure, the Commission will grant radio station 
    authorizations and station licenses, or modifications or renewals 
    thereof, during the emergency found by the Commission or during the 
    continuance of any such national emergency or war, as special temporary 
    licenses, only for the period of emergency or war requiring such 
    action, without the filing of formal applications.
    
    
    Sec. 24.826  Receipt of application; Applications in the broadband 
    Personal Communications Services filed on FCC Form 175 and other 
    applications in the broadband Personal Communications Services.
    
        (a) All applications for the initial provision of broadband PCS 
    must be submitted on FCC Forms 175 and 175-S. Mutually exclusive 
    initial applications in the broadband Personal Communications Services 
    are subject to competitive bidding. FCC Form 401 (``Application for New 
    or Modified Common Carrier Radio Station Under Part 22'') must be 
    submitted by each winning bidder for each broadband PCS license for 
    which application was made on FCC Form 175. In the event that mutual 
    exclusivity does not exist between applicants for a broadband PCS 
    license that have filed FCC Form 175, the sole applicant will be 
    required to file FCC Form 401. The aforementioned Forms 175, 175-S, and 
    401 are subject to the provisions of 47 CFR Part 1, Subpart Q 
    (``Competitive Bidding Proceedings'') and Subpart H of this Part. 
    Blanket licenses are granted for each market frequency block. 
    Applications for individual sites are not needed and will not be 
    accepted. See Sec. 24.11.
        (b) Applications received for filing are given a file number. The 
    assignment of a file number to an application is merely for 
    administrative convenience and does not indicate the acceptance of the 
    application for filing and processing. Such assignment of a file number 
    will not preclude the subsequent return or dismissal of the application 
    if it is found to be not in accordance with the Commission's Rules.
        (c) Acceptance of an application for filing merely means that it 
    has been the subject of a preliminary review as to completeness. Such 
    acceptance will not preclude the subsequent return or dismissal of the 
    application if it is found to be defective or not in accordance with 
    the Commission's rules. (See Sec. 24.813 for additional information 
    concerning the filing of applications.)
    
    
    Sec. 24.827  Public notice period.
    
        (a) At regular intervals, the Commission will issue a public notice 
    listing:
        (1) The acceptance for filing of all applications and major 
    amendments thereto;
        (2) Significant Commission actions concerning applications listed 
    as acceptable for filing;
        (3) Information which the Commission in its discretion believes of 
    public significance. Such notices are intended solely for the purpose 
    of informing the public and do not create any rights in an applicant or 
    any other person.
        (4) Special environmental considerations as required by Part 1 of 
    this chapter.
        (b) The Commission will not grant any application until expiration 
    of a period of thirty (30) days following the issuance date of a public 
    notice listing the application, or any major amendments thereto, as 
    acceptable for filing; provided, however, that the Commission will not 
    grant an application filed on Form 401 filed either by a winning bidder 
    or by an applicant whom Form 175 application is not mutually exclusive 
    with other applicants, until the expiration of a period of forty (40) 
    days following the issuance of a public notice listing the application, 
    or any major amendments thereto, as acceptable filing. See also 
    Sec. 1.2108 of this Chapter.
        (c) As an exception to paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2) and (b) of this 
    section, the public notice provisions are not applicable to 
    applications:
        (1) For authorization of a minor technical change in the facilities 
    of an authorized station where such a change would not be classified as 
    a major amendment (as defined by Sec. 24.823) were such a change to be 
    submitted as an amendment to a pending application;
        (2) For issuance of a license subsequent to a radio station 
    authorization or, pending application for a grant of such license, any 
    special or temporary authorization to permit interim operation to 
    facilitate completion of authorized construction or to provide 
    substantially the same service as would be authorized by such license;
        (3) For extension of time to complete construction of authorized 
    facilities (see Sec. 24.203;
        (4) For temporary authorization pursuant to Sec. 24.825(b);
        (5) [Reserved]
        (6) For an authorization under any of the proviso clauses of 
    Section 308(a) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 308(a));
        (7) For consent to an involuntary assignment or transfer of control 
    of a radio authorization; or
        (8) For consent to a voluntary assignment or transfer of control of 
    a radio authorization, where the assignment or transfer does not 
    involve a substantial change in ownership or control.
    
    
    Sec. 24.828  Dismissal and return of applications.
    
        (a) Except as provided under Sec. 24.829, any application may be 
    dismissed without prejudice as a matter of right if the applicant 
    requests its dismissal prior to designation for hearing or, in the case 
    of applications filed on Forms 175 and 175-S, prior to auction. An 
    applicant's request for the return of his application after it has been 
    accepted for filing will be considered to be a request for dismissal 
    without prejudice. Applicants requesting dismissal of their 
    applications may be subject to penalties contained in Sec. 1.2104 of 
    this Chapter. Requests for dismissal shall comply with the provisions 
    of Sec. 24.829 as appropriate.
        (b) A request to dismiss an application without prejudice will be 
    considered after designation for hearing only if:
        (1) A written petition is submitted to the Commission and is 
    properly served upon all parties of record, and
        (2) The petition complies with the provisions of Sec. 24.829 
    (whenever applicable) and demonstrates good cause.
        (c) The Commission will dismiss an application for failure to 
    prosecute or for failure to respond substantially within a specified 
    time period to official correspondence or requests for additional 
    information. Dismissal shall be without prejudice if made prior to 
    designation for hearing or prior to auction, but dismissal may be made 
    with prejudice for unsatisfactory compliance with Sec. 24.829 or after 
    designation for hearing or after the applicant is notified that it is 
    the winning bidder under the auction process.
    
    
    Sec. 24.829  Ownership changes and agreements to amend or to dismiss 
    applications or pleadings.
    
        (a) Applicability. Subject to the provisions of Sec. 1.2105 of this 
    Chapter (Bidding Application and Certification Procedures; Prohibition 
    of Collusion), this section applies to applicants and all other parties 
    interested in pending applications who wish to resolve contested 
    matters among themselves with a formal or an informal agreement or 
    understanding. This section applies only when the agreement or 
    understanding will result in:
        (1) A major change in the ownership of an applicant to which 
    Secs. 24.823(c) and 24.823(g) apply or which would cause the applicant 
    to lose its status as a designated entity under Sec. 24.709, or
        (2) The individual or mutual withdrawal, amendment or dismissal of 
    any pending application amendment, petition or other pleading.
        (b) Policy. Parties to contested proceedings are encouraged to 
    settle their disputes among themselves. Parties that, under a 
    settlement agreement, apply to the Commission for ownership changes or 
    for the amendment or dismissal of either pleadings or applications 
    shall at the time of filing notify the Commission that such filing is 
    the result of an agreement or understanding.
        (c) The provisions of Sec. 22.927 of the Commission's Rules will 
    apply in the event of the filing of petitions to deny or other 
    pleadings or informal objections filed against broadband PCS 
    applications. The provisions of Sec. 22.928 of the Commission's Rules 
    will apply in the event of dismissal of broadband PCS applications. The 
    provisions of Sec. 22.929 of the Commission's Rules will apply in the 
    event of threats to file petitions to deny or other pleadings or 
    informal objections against broadband PCS applications.
    
    
    Sec. 24.830  Opposition to applications.
    
        (a) Petitions to deny (including petitions for other forms of 
    relief) and responsive pleadings for Commission consideration must 
    comply with Sec. 1.2108 of this Chapter and must:
        (1) Identify the application or applications (including applicant's 
    name, station location, Commission file numbers and radio service 
    involved) with which it is concerned;
        (2) Be filed in accordance with the pleading limitations, filing 
    periods, and other applicable provisions of Secs. 1.41 through 1.52 of 
    this Chapter except where otherwise provided in Sec. 1.2108 of this 
    Chapter;
        (3) Contain specific allegations of fact which, except for facts of 
    which official notice may be taken, shall be supported by affidavit of 
    a person or persons with personal knowledge thereof, and which shall be 
    sufficient to demonstrate that the petitioner (or respondent) is a 
    party in interest and that a grant of, or other Commission action 
    regarding, the application would be prima facie inconsistent with the 
    public interest;
        (4) Be filed within thirty (30) days after the date of public 
    notice announcing the acceptance for filing of any such application or 
    major amendment thereto (unless the Commission otherwise extends the 
    filing deadline); and
        (5) Contain a certificate of service showing that it has been 
    mailed to the applicant no later than the date of filing thereof with 
    the Commission.
        (b) A petition to deny a major amendment to a previously-filed 
    application may only raise matters directly related to the amendment 
    which could not have been raised in connection with the underlying 
    previously-filed application. This subsection does not apply, however, 
    to petitioners who gain standing because of the major amendment.
    
    
    Sec. 24.831  Mutually exclusive applications.
    
        (a) The Commission will consider applications for broadband PCS 
    licenses to be mutually exclusive if they relate to the same 
    geographical boundaries (MTA or BTA) and are timely filed for the same 
    frequency block.
        (b) Mutually exclusive applications filed on Form 175 for the 
    initial provision of broadband PCS are subject to competitive bidding 
    in accordance with the procedures in Subpart H of this part and in Part 
    1, Subpart Q of this Chapter.
        (c) An application will be entitled to comparative consideration 
    with one or more conflicting applications only if the Commission 
    determines that such comparative consideration will serve the public 
    interest.
        (d)-(j) [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.832  Consideration of applications.
    
        (a) Applications for an instrument of authorization will be granted 
    if, upon examination of the application and upon consideration of such 
    other matters as it may officially notice, the Commission finds that 
    the grant will serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. 
    See also Sec. 1.2108 of this Chapter.
        (b) The grant shall be without a formal hearing if, upon 
    consideration of the application, any pleadings or objections filed, or 
    other matters which may be officially noticed, the Commission finds 
    that:
        (1) The application is acceptable for filing and is in accordance 
    with the Commission's rules, regulations and other requirements;
        (2) The application is not subject to a post-auction hearing or to 
    comparative consideration pursuant to Sec. 24.831 with another 
    application(s);
        (3) A grant of the application would not cause harmful electrical 
    interference to an authorized station;
        (4) There are no substantial and material questions of fact 
    presented; and
        (5) The applicant is qualified under current FCC regulations and 
    policies.
        (c) If the Commission should grant without a formal hearing an 
    application for an instrument of authorization which is subject to a 
    petition to deny filed in accordance with Sec. 24.830, the Commission 
    will deny the petition by the issuance of a Memorandum Opinion and 
    Order which will concisely state the reasons for the denial and dispose 
    of all substantial issues raised by the petition.
        (d) Whenever the Commission, without a formal hearing, grants any 
    application in part, or subject to any terms or conditions other than 
    those normally applied to applications of the same type, it shall 
    inform the applicant of the reasons therefor, and the grant shall be 
    considered final unless the Commission revises its action (either by 
    granting the application as originally requested, or by designating the 
    application for a formal evidentiary hearing) in response to a petition 
    for reconsideration which:
        (1) Is filed by the applicant within thirty (30) days from the date 
    of the letter or order giving the reasons for the partial or 
    conditioned grant;
        (2) Rejects the grant as made and explains the reasons why the 
    application should be granted as originally requested; and
        (3) Returns the instrument of authorization.
        (e) The Commission will designate an application for a formal 
    hearing, specifying with particularity the matters and things in issue, 
    if upon consideration of the application, any pleadings or objections 
    filed or other matters which may be officially noticed, the Commission 
    determines that:
        (1) A substantial and material question of fact is presented (see 
    also Sec. 1.2108 of this Chapter);
        (2) The Commission is unable for any reason to make the findings 
    specified in paragraph (a) of this section and the application is 
    acceptable for filing, complete and in accordance with the Commission's 
    rules, regulations and other requirements; or
        (3) The application is entitled to comparative consideration (under 
    Sec. 24.831) with another application (or applications).
        (f) The Commission may grant, deny or take other action with 
    respect to an application designated for a formal hearing pursuant to 
    paragraph (e) of this section or Part 1 of this Chapter.
        (g) [Reserved]
        (h) Reconsideration or review of any final action taken by the 
    Commission will be in accordance with Subpart A of Part 1 of this 
    Chapter.
    
    
    Sec.  24.833-24.838  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.839  Transfer of control or assignment of license.
    
        (a) Approval required. Authorizations shall be transferred or 
    assigned to another party, voluntarily (for example, by contract) or 
    involuntarily (for example, by death, bankruptcy or legal disability), 
    directly or indirectly or by transfer of control of any corporation 
    holding such authorization, only upon application and approval by the 
    Commission. A transfer of control or assignment of station 
    authorization in the broadband Personal Communications Service is also 
    subject to Secs. 24.711(e), 24.712(d), 24,713(b) (unjust enrichment) 
    and 1.2111(a) of this Chapter (reporting requirement).
        (1) A change from less than 50% ownership to 50% or more ownership 
    shall always be considered a transfer of control.
        (2) In other situations a controlling interest shall be determined 
    on a case-by-case basis considering the distribution of ownership and 
    the relationships of the owners, including family relationships.
        (b) Forms required.
        (1) Assignment.
        (i) FCC Form 490 shall be filed to assign a license or permit.
        (ii) In the case of involuntary assignment, FCC Form 490 shall be 
    filed within thirty (30) days following the event giving rise to the 
    assignment.
        (2) Transfer of control.
        (i) FCC Form 490 shall be submitted in order to transfer control of 
    a corporation holding a license or permit.
        (ii) In the case of involuntary transfer of control, FCC Form 490 
    shall be filed within thirty (30) days following the event giving rise 
    to the transfer.
        (3) Form 430. Whenever an application must be filed under 
    paragraphs (a)(1) or (2) of this section, the assignee or transferee 
    shall file FCC Form 430 (``Common Carrier Radio License Qualification 
    Report'') unless an accurate report is on file with the Commission.
        (4) Notification of completion. The Commission shall be notified by 
    letter of the date of completion of the assignment or transfer of 
    control.
        (5) If the transfer of control of a license is approved, the new 
    licensee is held to the original construction requirement of 
    Sec. 24.203.
        (c) In acting upon applications for transfer of control or 
    assignment, the Commission will not consider whether the public 
    interest, convenience and necessity might be served by the transfer or 
    assignment of the authorization to a person other than the proposed 
    transferee or assignee.
        (d) Restrictions on Assignments and Transfers of Licenses for 
    Frequency Blocks C and F. No assignment or transfer of control of a 
    license for frequency Block C or frequency Block F will be granted 
    unless--
        (1) The application for assignment or transfer of control is filed 
    after five years from the date of the initial license grant;
        (2) The application for assignment or transfer of control is filed 
    after three years from the date of the initial license grant and the 
    proposed assignee or transferee meets the eligibility criteria set 
    forth in Sec. 24.709;
        (3) The application is for partial assignment of a partitioned 
    service area to a rural telephone company pursuant to Sec. 24.714 and 
    the assignee meets the eligibility criteria set forth in Sec. 24.709; 
    or
        (4) The application is for an involuntary assignment or transfer of 
    control to a bankruptcy trustee appointed under involuntary bankruptcy, 
    an independent receiver appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction 
    in a foreclosure action or, in the event of death or disability, to a 
    person or entity legally qualified to succeed the decrease or disabled 
    person under the laws of the place having jurisdiction over the estate 
    involved; provided that, the applicant requests a waiver pursuant to 
    this paragraph.
        (e) If the assignment or transfer of control of a license is 
    approved, the assignee or transferee is subject to the original 
    construction requirement of Sec. 24.203.
    
    
    Secs. 24.840-24.842  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.843  Extension of time to complete construction.
    
        (a) If construction is not completed within the time period set 
    forth in Sec. 24.203, the authorization will automatically expire. 
    Before the period for construction expires an application for an 
    extension of time to complete construction (FCC Form 489) may be filed. 
    See paragraph (b) of this section. Within 30 days after the 
    authorization expires an application for reinstatement may be filed on 
    FCC Form 489.
        (b) Extension of Time to Complete Construction. An application for 
    extension of time to complete construction may be made on FCC Form 489. 
    Extension of time requests must be filed prior to the expiration of the 
    construction period. Extensions will be granted only if the licensee 
    shows that the failure to complete construction is due to causes beyond 
    its control.
        (c) An application for modification of an authorization (under 
    construction) does not extend the initial construction period. If 
    additional time to construct is required, an FCC Form 489 must be 
    submitted.
         (d) [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 24.844  Termination of authorization.
    
        (a) Termination of authorization.
        (1) All authorizations shall terminate on the date specified on the 
    authorization or on the date specified by these rules, unless a timely 
    application for renewal has been filed.
        (2) If no application for renewal has been made before the 
    authorization's expiration date, a late application for renewal will be 
    considered only if it is filed within thirty (30) days of the 
    expiration date and shows that the failure to file a timely application 
    was due to causes beyond the applicant's control. During this 30-day 
    period, a reinstatement application must be filed on FCC Form 489. 
    Service to subscribers need not be suspended while a late-filed renewal 
    application is pending, but such service shall be without prejudice to 
    Commission action on the renewal application and any related sanctions. 
    See also Sec. 24.16 (Criteria for Comparative Renewal Proceedings).
        (b) Termination of special temporary authorization. A special 
    temporary authorization shall automatically terminate upon failure to 
    comply with the conditions in the authorization.
        (c) [Reserved]
    
    [FR Doc. 94-17931 Filed 7-21-94; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 6712-01-M
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
07/22/1994
Department:
Federal Communications Commission
Entry Type:
Uncategorized Document
Action:
Final rule.
Document Number:
94-17931
Dates:
August 22, 1994.
Pages:
0-0 (1 pages)
Docket Numbers:
Federal Register: July 22, 1994, PP Docket No. 93-253, FCC 94-178
CFR: (88)
47 CFR 121.601.\146\
47 CFR 24.831)
47 CFR 24.813(a)
47 CFR 308(a))
47 CFR 24.711(a)(1)
More ...